WO2022123389A1 - 正極、正極の作製方法、二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 - Google Patents
正極、正極の作製方法、二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2022123389A1 WO2022123389A1 PCT/IB2021/061037 IB2021061037W WO2022123389A1 WO 2022123389 A1 WO2022123389 A1 WO 2022123389A1 IB 2021061037 W IB2021061037 W IB 2021061037W WO 2022123389 A1 WO2022123389 A1 WO 2022123389A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- active material
- positive electrode
- electrode active
- lithium
- secondary battery
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 title claims description 83
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims description 69
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 192
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 144
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 137
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 117
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 117
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 112
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 103
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 84
- -1 graphene compound Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 81
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 73
- 229910000625 lithium cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido(oxo)cobalt Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Co]=O BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 68
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract 10
- 239000007774 positive electrode material Substances 0.000 claims description 407
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 claims description 194
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 150
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 119
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 115
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 claims description 77
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims description 62
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 39
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 claims description 36
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 32
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 32
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 31
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000006230 acetylene black Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;manganese;nickel;oxocobalt Chemical compound [Li].[Mn].[Ni].[Co]=O VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- XBHHNIARIFPZHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li].[Co]=O.[Mn].[Ni].[Li] Chemical compound [Li].[Co]=O.[Mn].[Ni].[Li] XBHHNIARIFPZHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 196
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 58
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 abstract description 58
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 245
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 127
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 126
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 110
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 106
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 104
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 93
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 84
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 80
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 78
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 78
- PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium fluoride Chemical compound [Li+].[F-] PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 66
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 62
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical group [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 61
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 61
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 61
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 60
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 55
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 52
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 52
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 50
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 50
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 40
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 38
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 36
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 31
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 31
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 30
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron Substances [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 28
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 27
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000007784 solid electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 24
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000007773 negative electrode material Substances 0.000 description 23
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 22
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 22
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 21
- 102100027368 Histone H1.3 Human genes 0.000 description 20
- 101001009450 Homo sapiens Histone H1.3 Proteins 0.000 description 20
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 17
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- 229910012851 LiCoO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- HFCVPDYCRZVZDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li+].[Co+2].[Ni+2].[O-][Mn]([O-])(=O)=O Chemical compound [Li+].[Co+2].[Ni+2].[O-][Mn]([O-])(=O)=O HFCVPDYCRZVZDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 15
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 14
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 14
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229910018871 CoO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 13
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 13
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 13
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 12
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 11
- ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Mg+2] ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 11
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001095 inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 8
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 7
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910021383 artificial graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 229910000480 nickel oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 7
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000005536 Jahn Teller effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910013716 LiNi Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium oxide Chemical compound [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000006258 conductive agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 6
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 5
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910021421 monocrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910021382 natural graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910010707 LiFePO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910013870 LiPF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910004283 SiO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000975 co-precipitation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000001027 hydrothermal synthesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 4
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002931 mesocarbon microbead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 4
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxonickel Chemical compound [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000000851 scanning transmission electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011163 secondary particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003991 Rietveld refinement Methods 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000231 atomic layer deposition Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000889 atomisation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000498 ball milling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052790 beryllium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium atom Chemical compound [Be] ATBAMAFKBVZNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002134 carbon nanofiber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 3
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002241 glass-ceramic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000449 hafnium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium(4+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Hf+4] WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910000484 niobium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 3
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005211 surface analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N (3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexa-1,5-diene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1C=CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@H]1O HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Propane sultone Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCO1 FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4,4,6,6-hexaphenoxy-1,3,5-triaza-2$l^{5},4$l^{5},6$l^{5}-triphosphacyclohexa-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound N=1P(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP=1(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound FC1COC(=O)O1 SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910018072 Al 2 O 3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910018068 Li 2 O Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910018091 Li 2 S Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910018119 Li 3 PO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910010238 LiAlCl 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910011281 LiCoPO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910013290 LiNiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910013086 LiNiPO Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002228 NASICON Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910020346 SiS 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical compound O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910010413 TiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PFYQFCKUASLJLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Co].[Ni].[Li] Chemical compound [Co].[Ni].[Li] PFYQFCKUASLJLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJUPUJPGMIDLOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li+].[O--].[O--].[O--].[Al+3].[Co++] Chemical compound [Li+].[O--].[O--].[O--].[Al+3].[Co++] BJUPUJPGMIDLOR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005275 alloying Methods 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001766 barrel sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003575 carbonaceous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002788 crimping Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 2
- AJNVQOSZGJRYEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N digallium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ga+3].[Ga+3] AJNVQOSZGJRYEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 2
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000446 fuel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006232 furnace black Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001195 gallium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011245 gel electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001036 glow-discharge mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002366 halogen compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 2
- HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoropropylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)F HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)manganese;manganese Chemical compound [Mn].O[Mn]=O.O[Mn]=O AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLRHPHDUDFIRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M indium(i) bromide Chemical compound [Br-].[In+] KLRHPHDUDFIRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- DEUISMFZZMAAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium dihydrogen borate oxalic acid Chemical compound B([O-])(O)O.C(C(=O)O)(=O)O.C(C(=O)O)(=O)O.[Li+] DEUISMFZZMAAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium nitrate Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O IIPYXGDZVMZOAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxonickel Chemical compound [Li].[Ni]=O URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 2
- TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl formate Chemical compound COC=O TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 2
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ni+2] BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001144 powder X-ray diffraction data Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 2
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 2
- SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenium;zinc Chemical compound [Se]=[Zn] SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007873 sieving Methods 0.000 description 2
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-butylene carbonate Chemical compound CCC1COC(=O)O1 ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCOC1 VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)pentyl]1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=1C(CCC)CN1C=NC=N1 WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-sulfanylethyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCS)C(=O)C2=C1 UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound ClC1COC(=O)O1 OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000117 Abnormal behaviour Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031786 Adiponectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K Aluminium flouride Chemical compound F[Al](F)F KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910016036 BaF 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000252203 Clupea harengus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910018989 CoSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019043 CoSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021503 Cobalt(II) hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021583 Cobalt(III) fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017482 Cu 6 Sn 5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diammonium sulfite Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])=O PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910005382 FeSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000015842 Hesperis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101000775469 Homo sapiens Adiponectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000012633 Iberis amara Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiocyanatocyclopropane Chemical compound S=C=NC1CC1 JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002211 L-ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000000069 L-ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910017768 LaF 3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910009511 Li1.5Al0.5Ge1.5(PO4)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910011939 Li2.6 Co0.4 N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910007860 Li3.25Ge0.25P0.75S4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013936 Li3.25P0.95S4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910012850 Li3PO4Li4SiO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015015 LiAsF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013063 LiBF 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013372 LiC 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013684 LiClO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910032387 LiCoO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015643 LiMn 2 O 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021569 Manganese fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019018 Mg 2 Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019021 Mg 2 Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910016964 MnSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001237 Raman spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910018320 SbSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910006404 SnO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical compound OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002978 Vinylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFHZVWLVODKREZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Co]=O.[Mn].[Li].[Li] Chemical compound [Co]=O.[Mn].[Li].[Li] UFHZVWLVODKREZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTHKJEYUQSLYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Co]=O.[Ni].[Li] Chemical compound [Co]=O.[Ni].[Li] QTHKJEYUQSLYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] Chemical compound [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ge] Chemical compound [Si].[Ge] LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N adiponitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCCC#N BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- MDPILPRLPQYEEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium arsenide Chemical compound [As]#[Al] MDPILPRLPQYEEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- OYLGJCQECKOTOL-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ba+2] OYLGJCQECKOTOL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001632 barium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium titanate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])([O-])[O-] JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric acid octyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021563 chromium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003181 co-melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CKFRRHLHAJZIIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt lithium Chemical compound [Li].[Co] CKFRRHLHAJZIIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Co]F YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Co+2] ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- CTNMMTCXUUFYAP-UHFFFAOYSA-L difluoromanganese Chemical compound F[Mn]F CTNMMTCXUUFYAP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo]=O QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007606 doctor blade method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002223 garnet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010574 gas phase reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021469 graphitizable carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000227 grinding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021385 hard carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019514 herring Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium antimonide Chemical compound [Sb]#[In] WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003437 indium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(iii) oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Fe](F)F SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007561 laser diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011244 liquid electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002641 lithium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000664 lithium aluminum titanium phosphates (LATP) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002642 lithium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001386 lithium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- IPJKJLXEVHOKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mn+2] IPJKJLXEVHOKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940017219 methyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyric acid methyl ester Natural products CCCC(=O)OC UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001683 neutron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium pentoxide Inorganic materials O=[Nb](=O)O[Nb](=O)=O ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910021470 non-graphitizable carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011255 nonaqueous electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010450 olivine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052609 olivine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000075 oxide glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- UJMWVICAENGCRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen difluoride Chemical compound FOF UJMWVICAENGCRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 1
- AOLPZAHRYHXPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentafluoroniobium Chemical compound F[Nb](F)(F)(F)F AOLPZAHRYHXPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- NFVUDQKTAWONMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentafluorovanadium Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[V+5] NFVUDQKTAWONMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005569 poly(vinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[K+] NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004080 punching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009774 resonance method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000790 scattering method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940079827 sodium hydrogen sulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910021384 soft carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinonitrile Chemical compound N#CCCC#N IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002203 sulfidic glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur hexafluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(F)(F)(F)F SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000909 sulfur hexafluoride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001502 supplementing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Sn]=O QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrafluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[Ti+4] XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003623 transition metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000314 transition metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FTBATIJJKIIOTP-UHFFFAOYSA-K trifluorochromium Chemical compound F[Cr](F)F FTBATIJJKIIOTP-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- TWQULNDIKKJZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-K trilithium;phosphate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[Li+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O TWQULNDIKKJZPH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000012808 vapor phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc fluoride Chemical compound F[Zn]F BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc indium(3+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O--].[Zn++].[In+3] YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMQSJNWFFJOIMO-UHFFFAOYSA-J zirconium tetrafluoride Chemical compound F[Zr](F)(F)F OMQSJNWFFJOIMO-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/362—Composites
- H01M4/366—Composites as layered products
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01B—NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS; COMPOUNDS THEREOF; METALLOIDS OR COMPOUNDS THEREOF NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASS C01C
- C01B25/00—Phosphorus; Compounds thereof
- C01B25/16—Oxyacids of phosphorus; Salts thereof
- C01B25/26—Phosphates
- C01B25/45—Phosphates containing plural metal, or metal and ammonium
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G51/00—Compounds of cobalt
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G51/00—Compounds of cobalt
- C01G51/40—Cobaltates
- C01G51/42—Cobaltates containing alkali metals, e.g. LiCoO2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G53/00—Compounds of nickel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/26—Electrodes characterised by their structure, e.g. multi-layered, porosity or surface features
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/30—Electrodes characterised by their material
- H01G11/32—Carbon-based
- H01G11/36—Nanostructures, e.g. nanofibres, nanotubes or fullerenes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/30—Electrodes characterised by their material
- H01G11/46—Metal oxides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/22—Electrodes
- H01G11/30—Electrodes characterised by their material
- H01G11/50—Electrodes characterised by their material specially adapted for lithium-ion capacitors, e.g. for lithium-doping or for intercalation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01G—CAPACITORS; CAPACITORS, RECTIFIERS, DETECTORS, SWITCHING DEVICES, LIGHT-SENSITIVE OR TEMPERATURE-SENSITIVE DEVICES OF THE ELECTROLYTIC TYPE
- H01G11/00—Hybrid capacitors, i.e. capacitors having different positive and negative electrodes; Electric double-layer [EDL] capacitors; Processes for the manufacture thereof or of parts thereof
- H01G11/84—Processes for the manufacture of hybrid or EDL capacitors, or components thereof
- H01G11/86—Processes for the manufacture of hybrid or EDL capacitors, or components thereof specially adapted for electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
- H01M10/0525—Rocking-chair batteries, i.e. batteries with lithium insertion or intercalation in both electrodes; Lithium-ion batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/04—Processes of manufacture in general
- H01M4/0402—Methods of deposition of the material
- H01M4/0404—Methods of deposition of the material by coating on electrode collectors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/04—Processes of manufacture in general
- H01M4/0471—Processes of manufacture in general involving thermal treatment, e.g. firing, sintering, backing particulate active material, thermal decomposition, pyrolysis
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/131—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/131—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
- H01M4/1315—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx containing halogen atoms, e.g. LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/136—Electrodes based on inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/139—Processes of manufacture
- H01M4/1391—Processes of manufacture of electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/139—Processes of manufacture
- H01M4/1397—Processes of manufacture of electrodes based on inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/362—Composites
- H01M4/364—Composites as mixtures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/485—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of mixed oxides or hydroxides for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiTi2O4 or LiTi2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/50—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese
- H01M4/505—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of manganese of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing manganese for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiMn2O4 or LiMn2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/52—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron
- H01M4/525—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing iron, cobalt or nickel for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiNiO2, LiCoO2 or LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/58—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy; of polyanionic structures, e.g. phosphates, silicates or borates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/58—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic compounds other than oxides or hydroxides, e.g. sulfides, selenides, tellurides, halogenides or LiCoFy; of polyanionic structures, e.g. phosphates, silicates or borates
- H01M4/5825—Oxygenated metallic salts or polyanionic structures, e.g. borates, phosphates, silicates, olivines
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
- H01M4/624—Electric conductive fillers
- H01M4/625—Carbon or graphite
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/026—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/028—Positive electrodes
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a method for producing a positive electrode.
- the present invention relates to a method for manufacturing a secondary battery.
- the present invention relates to a positive electrode active material, a positive electrode, a secondary battery, a portable information terminal having a secondary battery, a power storage system, a vehicle, and the like.
- the uniform state of the present invention relates to a product, a method, or a manufacturing method.
- the invention relates to a process, machine, manufacture, or composition (composition of matter).
- One aspect of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a method for manufacturing the same.
- One aspect of the present invention particularly relates to a method for producing a positive electrode active material or a positive electrode active material.
- one aspect of the present invention particularly relates to a method for producing a positive electrode or a positive electrode.
- one aspect of the present invention particularly relates to a method for manufacturing a secondary battery or a secondary battery.
- the semiconductor device refers to all devices that can function by utilizing the semiconductor characteristics
- the electro-optical device, the semiconductor circuit, and the electronic device are all semiconductor devices.
- the electronic device refers to all devices having a positive electrode active material, a secondary battery, or a power storage device, and is an electro-optical device having a positive-side active material, a positive electrode, a secondary battery, or a power storage device, and a power storage device. All information terminal devices having devices are electronic devices.
- a power storage device refers to an element and a device having a power storage function in general.
- a power storage device also referred to as a secondary battery
- a lithium ion secondary battery such as a lithium ion secondary battery, a lithium ion capacitor, an electric double layer capacitor, and the like.
- lithium-ion secondary batteries with high output and high energy density are portable information terminals such as mobile phones, smartphones, or notebook computers, portable music players, digital cameras, medical devices, household power storage systems, and industrial power storage systems.
- next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid vehicles (HV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid vehicles (PHV)
- HV hybrid vehicles
- EV electric vehicles
- PSV plug-in hybrid vehicles
- composite oxides such as lithium cobalt oxide and nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate having a layered rock salt structure are widely used. These materials have the characteristics of high capacity and high discharge voltage, which are useful as active material materials for power storage devices.
- the positive electrode has a high potential for lithium with respect to lithium during charging. Be exposed to. In such a high potential state, the desorption of a large amount of lithium may reduce the stability of the crystal structure and increase the deterioration in the charge / discharge cycle.
- the positive electrode active material of the positive electrode of the secondary battery is being actively improved toward the secondary battery having high capacity and high stability (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 3). ).
- Patent Documents 1 to 3 Although the positive electrode active material has been actively improved in Patent Documents 1 to 3, the charge / discharge capacity, cycle characteristics, reliability, and safety of the lithium ion secondary battery and the positive electrode active material used therein have been improved. Or there is room for improvement in various aspects such as cost.
- one aspect of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state.
- one of the problems is to provide a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging.
- Another issue is to provide a positive electrode active material having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- Another issue is to provide a positive electrode active material having a large charge / discharge capacity.
- one of the challenges is to provide a secondary battery with high reliability or safety.
- one aspect of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state. Another issue is to provide a positive electrode having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics. Alternatively, one of the problems is to provide a positive electrode capable of increasing the charge / discharge rate. Alternatively, one of the challenges is to provide a secondary battery with high reliability or safety.
- one aspect of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a positive electrode active material that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state.
- Another object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging.
- one of the problems is to provide a method for producing a positive electrode active material having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- one of the problems is to provide a method for producing a positive electrode active material having a large charge / discharge capacity.
- one of the tasks is to provide a method for manufacturing a secondary battery having high reliability or safety.
- one aspect of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a positive electrode that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state.
- one of the problems is to provide a method for manufacturing a positive electrode having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- one of the problems is to provide a method for manufacturing a positive electrode capable of increasing the charge / discharge rate.
- one of the tasks is to provide a method for manufacturing a secondary battery having high reliability or safety.
- one aspect of the present invention is to provide a novel substance, active material particles, electrodes, a secondary battery, a power storage device, or a method for producing them. Further, one aspect of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a secondary battery having one or a plurality of characteristics selected from high purity, high performance, and high reliability, or a secondary battery. Is one of the issues.
- One aspect of the present invention comprises a first active material, a second active material, and glass, and at least a part of the surface of the first active material has a region covered with glass.
- At least a part of the surface of the glass has a region covered with a second active material, the first active material being LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co and Mn).
- M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co and Mn
- It has a first composite oxide represented by
- the second active material is a second composite oxide represented by LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn).
- the glass is a positive electrode having lithium ion conductivity.
- one aspect of the present invention has a first active material, a second active material, and glass, and at least a part of the surface of the first active material is glass and a second active material.
- the first active material has a first composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, Mn) and has a region covered with.
- the active material of 2 has a second composite oxide represented by LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co and Mn), and the glass has a positive electrode having lithium ion conductivity. Is.
- one aspect of the present invention has a first active material, a second active material, glass, and a conductive material, and at least a part of the surface of the first active material is covered with glass. It has a broken region, at least a portion of the surface of the glass has a region covered with a second active material and a conductive material, the first active material being LiM1O 2 (M1 is Fe, Ni, It has a first composite oxide represented by one or more selected from Co and Mn), and the second active material is LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co and Mn). It has a second composite oxide represented, the glass has lithium ion conductivity, and the conductive material is a positive electrode having a graphene compound or carbon nanotubes.
- one aspect of the present invention includes a first active material, a second active material, glass, and a conductive material, and at least a part of the surface of the first active material is glass.
- the first active material has a region covered with two active materials and a conductive material, and the first active material is a first represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn). It has a composite oxide, the second active material has a second composite oxide represented by LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, Mn), and the glass has a composite oxide. It has lithium ion conductivity and the conductive material is a positive electrode having a graphene compound or carbon nanotubes.
- the first active material has lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel, and lithium cobalt oxide is selected from magnesium, fluorine, and aluminum. It is preferable that the surface layer portion has a region where the concentration of any one or more of the above is maximum.
- one aspect of the present invention includes a positive electrode active material and a conductive material, and at least a part of the surface of the positive electrode active material is covered with the conductive material, and the positive electrode active material is magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and the like. And having lithium cobalt oxide with nickel, lithium cobalt oxide has a region in the surface layer where one or more of magnesium, fluorine, and aluminum have the maximum concentration, and the conductive material is: It is a positive electrode having carbon.
- one aspect of the present invention has a positive electrode active material and a conductive material, and at least a part of the surface of the positive electrode active material is covered with the conductive material, and the positive electrode active material is calcium, fluorine, aluminum and the like.
- the positive electrode active material is calcium, fluorine, aluminum and the like.
- nickel-manganese-lithium cobalt oxide has one or more selected from calcium, fluorine, aluminum and gallium.
- the surface layer portion has a region where the concentration of the oxide is maximum, and the conductive material is a positive electrode having carbon.
- the conductive material preferably has one or more selected from carbon black, graphene or a graphene compound.
- one aspect of the present invention is a secondary battery having the positive electrode according to any one of the above.
- one aspect of the present invention is a mobile body having the secondary battery described above.
- one aspect of the present invention is a power storage system having the secondary battery described above.
- one aspect of the present invention is an electronic device having the secondary battery described above.
- a positive electrode active material composite is prepared by compounding lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel with acetylene black, and the positive electrode active material complex is combined with the positive electrode active material complex.
- This is a method for producing a positive electrode, in which a binder and a solvent are mixed to prepare a slurry, the slurry is applied to a positive electrode current collector to prepare an electrode layer, and the electrode layer is pressurized.
- lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel, graphene oxide, a binder, and a solvent are mixed to prepare a slurry, and the slurry is applied to a positive electrode current collector.
- This is a method for producing a positive electrode, in which an electrode layer is produced by processing, and chemical reduction and thermal reduction are performed on the electrode layer.
- chemical reduction is a step of immersing the electrode layer in an aqueous ascorbic acid solution
- thermal reduction is a step of heating the electrode layer at 125 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower. Is preferable.
- one aspect of the present invention can provide a positive electrode active material that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state.
- a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging.
- a positive electrode active material having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- a positive electrode active material having a large charge / discharge capacity.
- a secondary battery having high reliability or safety.
- one aspect of the present invention can provide a positive electrode that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a positive electrode having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a positive electrode capable of increasing the charge / discharge rate. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a secondary battery having high reliability or safety.
- a method for producing a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging.
- one aspect of the present invention can provide a method for producing a positive electrode that is stable in a high potential state and / or a high temperature state. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a positive electrode having excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a method for producing a positive electrode capable of increasing the charge / discharge rate. Alternatively, it is possible to provide a method for manufacturing a secondary battery having high reliability or safety.
- a novel substance, active material particles, a secondary battery, a power storage device, or a method for producing them it is possible to provide a novel substance, active material particles, a secondary battery, a power storage device, or a method for producing them. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for manufacturing a secondary battery having one or more characteristics selected from high purity, high performance, and high reliability, or a secondary battery. Can be done.
- FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a cross-sectional structure of a positive electrode according to an aspect of the present invention.
- 2A1 to 2B2 are views showing a cross-sectional structure of a positive electrode active material complex according to an aspect of the present invention.
- 3A1 to 3B2 are views showing a cross-sectional structure of a positive electrode active material complex according to an aspect of the present invention.
- 4A1 to 4B2 are views showing a cross-sectional structure of a positive electrode active material complex according to an aspect of the present invention.
- 5A and 5B are views showing a method for producing a positive electrode active material complex according to one aspect of the present invention.
- 6A and 6B are views showing a method for producing a positive electrode active material complex according to one aspect of the present invention.
- FIGS. 8B and 8C are views showing a method for producing a positive electrode active material complex according to one aspect of the present invention.
- 8A is a top view of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention
- FIGS. 8B and 8C are sectional views of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is an XRD pattern calculated from the crystal structure.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material of the comparative example.
- FIG. 12 is an XRD pattern calculated from the crystal structure.
- FIG. 13 is an example of a TEM image in which the crystal orientations are substantially the same.
- FIG. 14A is an example of an STEM image in which the crystal orientations are substantially the same.
- FIG. 14B is an FFT in the region of rock salt crystal RS
- FIG. 14C is an FFT in the region of layered rock salt crystal LRS.
- 15A to 15C are diagrams illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- 17A to 17C are diagrams illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- 18A is an exploded perspective view of the coin-type secondary battery
- FIG. 18B is a perspective view of the coin-type secondary battery
- FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional perspective view thereof.
- FIG. 19A shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery.
- FIG. 19A shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery.
- FIG. 19B shows an example of a cylindrical secondary battery.
- FIG. 19C shows an example of a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries.
- FIG. 19D shows an example of a power storage system having a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries.
- 20A and 20B are diagrams for explaining an example of a secondary battery, and FIG. 20C is a diagram showing the inside of the secondary battery.
- 21A to 21C are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 22A and 22B are views showing the appearance of the secondary battery.
- 23A to 23C are diagrams illustrating a method for manufacturing a secondary battery.
- 24A to 24C are views showing a configuration example of the battery pack.
- 25A and 25B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 26A to 26C are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 27A and 27B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 28A is a perspective view of a battery pack showing one aspect of the present invention
- FIG. 28B is a block diagram of the battery pack
- FIG. 28C is a block diagram of a vehicle having a motor.
- 29A to 29D are diagrams illustrating an example of a transportation vehicle.
- 30A and 30B are diagrams illustrating a power storage device according to an aspect of the present invention.
- 31A is a diagram showing an electric bicycle
- FIG. 31B is a diagram showing a secondary battery of the electric bicycle
- FIG. 31C is a diagram illustrating an electric motorcycle.
- 32A to 32D are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
- FIG. 33A shows an example of a wearable device
- FIG. 33B shows a perspective view of the wristwatch-type device
- FIG. 33C is a diagram illustrating a side surface of the wristwatch-type device
- FIG. 33D is a diagram illustrating an example of a wireless earphone.
- FIG. 34A is a surface SEM image of the positive electrode active material complex of Example 1.
- FIG. 34B is a surface SEM image of lithium cobalt oxide of Example 1.
- FIG. 35 is a graph of the electrode density of the positive electrode of Example 1.
- FIG. 36 is a surface SEM image of the positive electrode active material complex of Example 2.
- FIG. 37A is a graph showing the charging characteristics of the secondary battery of the second embodiment.
- FIG. 37B is a graph showing the discharge characteristics of the secondary battery of the second embodiment.
- FIG. 38 is a graph showing the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery of the second embodiment.
- the secondary battery has, for example, a positive electrode and a negative electrode.
- a positive electrode active material As a material constituting the positive electrode, there is a positive electrode active material.
- the positive electrode active material is, for example, a substance that undergoes a reaction that contributes to the charge / discharge capacity.
- the positive electrode active material may contain a substance that does not contribute to the charge / discharge capacity as a part thereof.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention may be expressed as a positive electrode material, a positive electrode material for a secondary battery, a composite oxide, or the like. Further, in the present specification and the like, it is preferable that the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a compound. Further, in the present specification and the like, it is preferable that the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a composition. Further, in the present specification and the like, it is preferable that the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a complex.
- the particle is not limited to a spherical shape (the cross-sectional shape is a circle), and the cross-sectional shape of each particle is an ellipse, a rectangle, a trapezoid, a triangle, a quadrangle with rounded corners, and an asymmetric shape. And so on, and the individual particles may be amorphous.
- the particle size can be, for example, laser diffraction type particle size distribution measurement, and can be compared by the numerical value of D50.
- D50 is the particle size, that is, the median when the integrated amount occupies 50% in the integrated particle amount curve of the particle size distribution measurement result.
- the measurement of particle size is not limited to the laser diffraction type particle size distribution measurement, and when it is below the measurement lower limit of the laser diffraction type particle size distribution measurement, analysis such as SEM (Scanning Electron Microscope) or TEM (Transmission Electron Microscope) is performed. May measure the major axis of the particle cross section.
- the crystal plane and the direction are indicated by the Miller index.
- the notation of the crystal plane and direction is to add a superscript bar to the number, but in the present specification etc., due to the limitation of the application notation, instead of adding a bar above the number,-(minus) before the number. It may be expressed with a code).
- the individual orientation indicating the direction in the crystal is []
- the aggregate orientation indicating all equivalent directions is ⁇ >
- the individual plane indicating the crystal plane is ()
- the aggregate plane having equivalent symmetry is ⁇ .
- i is ⁇ (h + k).
- the layered rock salt type crystal structure of the composite oxide containing lithium and the transition metal has a rock salt type ion arrangement in which cations and anions are alternately arranged, and the transition metal and the like.
- the layered rock salt crystal structure may have a distorted lattice of rock salt crystals.
- the rock salt type crystal structure means a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. It should be noted that a part of the crystal structure may be deficient in cations or anions.
- the theoretical capacity of the positive electrode active material means the amount of electricity when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed from the positive electrode active material is desorbed.
- the theoretical capacity of LiFePO 4 is 170 mAh / g
- the theoretical capacity of LiCoO 2 is 274 mAh / g
- the theoretical capacity of LiNiO 2 is 274 mAh / g
- the theoretical capacity of LiMn 2 O 4 is 148 mAh / g.
- the amount of lithium that can be inserted and removed in the positive electrode active material is indicated by x in the composition formula, for example, x in Li x CoO 2 or x in Li x MO 2 .
- Li x CoO 2 in the present specification can be appropriately read as Li x MO 2 .
- x in Li x CoO 2 is small means, for example, 0.1 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.24.
- discharge completed means a state in which the voltage is 2.5 V (counterpolar lithium) or less at a current of 100 mA / g, for example.
- the discharge voltage drops sharply by the time the discharge voltage reaches 2.5 V, so it is assumed that the discharge is completed under the above conditions.
- the charging depth when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed is inserted into the positive electrode active material is 0, and the charging when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed from the positive electrode active material is desorbed.
- the depth is sometimes called 1.
- a lithium metal is used as a counter electrode
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention may be shown. Is not limited to this.
- Other materials such as graphite and lithium titanate may be used for the negative electrode.
- the properties of the positive electrode and the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention such as the crystal structure being less likely to collapse even after repeated charging and discharging, and good cycle characteristics being obtained, are not affected by the material of the negative electrode.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention may be charged / discharged at a relatively high voltage such as a charging voltage of 4.6 V with counter-polar lithium, but may be charged / discharged at a lower voltage.
- a relatively high voltage such as a charging voltage of 4.6 V with counter-polar lithium
- the cycle characteristics will be further improved as compared with those shown in the present specification and the like.
- the kiln means a device for heating an object to be processed.
- a kiln it may be called a furnace, a kiln, a heating device, or the like.
- the positive electrode 1101 has a positive electrode active material layer 1105 and a positive electrode current collector 1104.
- the positive electrode active material layer 1105 has a positive electrode active material composite 100z having a first active material 100x that functions as a positive electrode active material and a coating material 101 that covers at least a part of the first active material 100x, and further conducts. It may have materials and binders.
- the positive electrode active material layer 1105 is in contact with the first active material 100x that functions as the positive electrode active material and the first active material 100x via a covering material 101 that covers at least a part of the first active material 100x. It may have a positive electrode active material composite 100z having the active material 100y of 2, and further have a conductive material and a binder.
- the density of the positive electrode active material layer 1105 is preferably 3.0 g / cm 3 or more, more preferably 3.5 g / cm 3 or more, and further preferably 3.8 g / cm 3 or more. Therefore, a press treatment may be performed in order to increase the density of the positive electrode active material layer 1105. However, when the press treatment is performed, it is desirable to appropriately set the conditions of the press treatment so as not to impair the structures of the first active material 100x and the positive electrode active material complex 100z, which will be described later.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z is obtained by a composite treatment described later using at least the first active material 100x and the covering material 101.
- the compounding treatment include a mechanochemical method, a mechanofusion method, a compounding process using mechanical energy such as a ball mill method, a wet mixing method, a spray dry method, a co-precipitation method, a hydrothermal method, and a sol-gel method.
- One or more composite treatments by a liquid phase reaction and a vapor phase reaction such as a barrel sputtering method, an ALD (Atomic Layer Deposition) method, a vapor deposition method, and a CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition) method. Chemical vapor deposition can be used.
- the compounding treatment it is preferable to perform the heat treatment once or a plurality of times.
- the compounding treatment may be referred to as a surface coating treatment or a coating treatment. A specific method for producing the positive electrode active material complex 100z will be described later.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z can also be obtained by a composite treatment using the first active material 100x and the covering material 101, as well as the second active material 100y.
- the compounding treatment include a mechanochemical method, a mechanofusion method, a compounding process using mechanical energy such as a ball mill method, a wet mixing method, a spray dry method, a co-precipitation method, a hydrothermal method, and a sol-gel method.
- One or more of the compounding process by the liquid phase reaction and the compounding process by the gas phase reaction such as the barrel sputtering method, the ALD method, the vapor deposition method, and the CVD method can be used.
- FIG. 1 shows an example of the positive electrode 1101 of one aspect of the present invention.
- the positive electrode 1101 has a positive electrode current collector 1104 and a positive electrode active material layer 1105.
- the positive electrode active material layer 1105 has a positive electrode active material complex 100z.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z has a first active material 100x capable of occluding and releasing carrier ions, and a coating material 101. Specific examples of the first active material 100x and the covering material 101 will be described later.
- FIG. 1 shows an example in which graphene compound 102 and carbon black 103 are used as the conductive material, but when the positive electrode active material composite 100z has sufficient electron conductivity, it is conductive in the positive electrode active material layer 1105. It is not necessary to use a material. Further, the type of the conductive material is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 1, and only carbon fibers such as a graphene compound, carbon black, or carbon nanotubes may be used, and carbon fibers such as carbon nanotubes and carbon black may be used. , May be used together. That is, it is preferable to use a material having carbon as the conductive material. Although not shown in FIG. 1, it is preferable that the positive electrode active material layer 1105 has a binder. As the binder, a polymer material such as polyvinylidene fluoride and a molecular crystal electrolyte such as Li (FSI) (SN) 2 can be used.
- FSI Li
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z is arranged in a state where electrons can be exchanged with the positive electrode current collector 1104. That is, the positive electrode active material complex 100z has a structure in which it is in electrical contact with the positive electrode current collector 1104.
- the positive electrode current collector 1104 may be provided with an undercoat layer. In this case, the positive electrode active material complex 100z is configured to be in electrical contact with the positive electrode current collector 1104 via the undercoat layer. Further, the positive electrode active material complex 100z may be configured to be in electrical contact with the positive electrode current collector 1104 via a conductive material.
- FIGS. 3A1 to 3B2, and FIGS. 4A1 to 4B2 are schematic cross-sectional views illustrating the positive electrode active material complex 100z.
- FIG. 2A1 and 2A2 are diagrams illustrating a positive electrode active material composite 100z having a first active material 100x that functions as a positive electrode active material and a coating material 101 that covers at least a part of the first active material 100x. ..
- FIG. 2A1 shows a configuration in which one first active material 100x is covered with a covering material 101, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of first active materials 100x are covered. It may be configured to be covered with the material 101.
- the covering material 101 may cover at least a part of the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb.
- 2A2 shows a case where at least a part of the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb are in contact with each other, but the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb are not in direct contact with each other. You may.
- the coating material 101 covers at least a part of the particle surface of the particulate first active material 100x that functions as a positive electrode active material, preferably substantially the entire surface, the first active material 100x directly meets the electrolyte 114. Since the contact area is reduced and the transition metal element and / or oxygen can be suppressed from being desorbed from the first active material 100x in the high voltage charging state, it is possible to suppress the capacity decrease due to repeated charging and discharging. Further, the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z according to one aspect of the present invention is stable at high temperature because it is covered with an electrochemically stable coating material 101 even in a high temperature and high voltage charge state. It is possible to obtain effects such as improvement in fire resistance and improvement in fire resistance.
- the above-mentioned positive electrode active material The durability and stability of the composite 100z in a high voltage charging state can be further improved. Further, the heat resistance and / or the fire resistance of the secondary battery using the above-mentioned positive electrode active material complex 100z can be further improved.
- Lithium cobalt oxide which has magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel, has a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum on the surface layer of the positive electrode active material, and has the characteristic that nickel is widely distributed throughout the particles, and at high voltage. Since the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of the above are remarkably excellent, it is a particularly preferable material as the first active material 100x.
- the surface layer of the positive electrode active material contains a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum, for example, in the ray analysis of STEM-EDX, the count number of characteristic X-rays derived from magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum is determined in the surface layer. It has a place where it becomes the maximum value.
- the surface layer portion refers to a region up to about 10 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material toward the inside, and does not include a conductive material.
- the crack portion of the positive electrode active material also has a surface layer portion, and the crack portion generated before the step of adding magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum in the production of the positive electrode active material is a surface layer having a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum. Has a part.
- FIGS. 2B1, FIGS. 2B2, and FIGS. 3A1 to 3B2 show a first activity via a first active material 100x that functions as a positive electrode active material and a covering material 101 that covers at least a part of the first active material 100x. It is a figure explaining the positive electrode active material complex 100z which has the 2nd active material 100y which is in contact with a substance 100x.
- FIGS. 2B1, 3A1 and 3B1 show a configuration in which one first active material 100x is covered with a covering material 101, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of first active materials are not limited to this.
- the active material 100x may be covered with the covering material 101. For example, as shown in FIGS.
- the covering material 101 may cover at least a part of the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb.
- 2B2, 3A2 and 3B2 show the case where the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb are in contact with each other at least in part, but the first active material 100xa and the first active material 100xb are in contact with each other. And do not have to be in direct contact.
- the second active material 100y is subjected to a liquid phase reaction such as a coprecipitation method, a hydrothermal method, and a sol-gel method.
- a liquid phase reaction such as a coprecipitation method, a hydrothermal method, and a sol-gel method. The case where the compounding process of is performed is shown.
- FIGS. 3A1 to 3B2 show, for example, when a plurality of second active materials 100y come into contact with the first active material 100x via a covering material 101 that covers at least a part of the first active material 100x.
- a coating material 101 covers at least a part of the particle surface of the particulate first active material 100x that functions as a positive electrode active material, preferably substantially the entire surface, and is in contact with the first active material 100x via the coating material 101.
- the positive electrode active material composite 100z having the second active material 100y will be described. In the positive electrode active material composite 100z having the second active material 100y in contact with the first active material 100x via the covering material 101, the region in which the first active material 100x is in direct contact with the electrolyte 114 is reduced, and the high voltage is obtained. Since it is possible to suppress the desorption of the transition metal element and / or oxygen from the first active material 100x in the charged state, it is possible to suppress the capacity decrease due to repeated charging and discharging.
- the covering material 101 and the second active material 100y are electrochemically stable materials even in a high temperature and high voltage state, they are covered with the positive electrode active material composite 100z according to one aspect of the present invention. It is possible to obtain effects such as improvement of stability at high temperature and improvement of fire resistance of the secondary battery using the above.
- the above-mentioned positive electrode activity The durability and stability of the material composite 100z in high voltage charging can be further improved. Further, the heat resistance and / or the fire resistance of the secondary battery using the above-mentioned positive electrode active material complex 100z can be further improved.
- Lithium cobalt oxide which has magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel, has a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum on the surface layer of the positive electrode active material, and has the characteristic that nickel is widely distributed throughout the particles, and at high voltage. It is a particularly preferable material as the first active material 100x because of its remarkably excellent charge / discharge repeatability.
- the surface layer of the positive electrode active material contains a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum, for example, in the ray analysis of STEM-EDX, the count number of characteristic X-rays derived from magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum is determined in the surface layer. It has a place where it becomes the maximum value.
- the surface layer portion refers to a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material to about 10 nm.
- the crack portion of the positive electrode active material also has a surface layer portion, and the crack portion generated before the step of adding magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum in the production of the positive electrode active material is a surface layer having a large amount of magnesium, fluorine, or aluminum. Has a part.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z does not come into contact with the electrolyte 114, so that deterioration of the first active material 100x due to the electrolyte is suppressed.
- the deterioration may be caused by a defect generated in the first active material 100x, and for example, there is a defect called a pit.
- the pit refers to a region where the main components of the first active material 100x, such as cobalt and oxygen, have been removed by several layers in the charge / discharge cycle test. For example, cobalt may elute into the electrolyte.
- the pit may progress in the charge / discharge cycle test, and the pit progresses toward the inside of the active material.
- the opening shape of the pit is not a circle but a depth and has a groove-like shape.
- the configuration in which the electrolyte 114 and the first active material 100x do not come into contact with each other can suppress the generation and progression of the above-mentioned defects, particularly pits.
- the covering material 101 is a material having higher conductivity than the first active material 100x, the charge / discharge characteristics, particularly the charge capacity and the discharge capacity at a high rate are improved, which is preferable.
- the positive electrode active material and the conductive material are compounded to obtain a positive electrode active material complex 100z having a coating material 101, a conductive path can be effectively formed with a small amount of the conductive material, and the electrode density of the positive electrode is improved. Can be preferred.
- the positive electrode active material composite 100z has a second active material 100y in contact with the first active material 100x via the coating material 101, it can be said that the positive electrode active material composite 100z has a double structure in the surface layer portion. ..
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z according to one aspect of the present invention is not limited to the case where the covering material 101 and the second active material 100y are provided as a double structure.
- the glass active material mixed layer having the coating material 101 and the second active material 100y is the first.
- the structure may cover at least a part of the surface of the active material 100x.
- the surface layer portion or the covering material 101 of the positive electrode active material composite 100z and the active material are used.
- Graphene compound 102 may be contained in the mixed layer of.
- carbon fibers such as carbon black or carbon nanotubes may be used.
- Glass can be used as the covering material 101. Glass is also referred to as a material having an amorphous portion.
- Materials having an amorphous portion include, for example, SiO 2 , SiO, Al 2 O 3 , TiO 2 , Li 4 SiO 4 , Li 3 PO 4 , Li 2 S, SiS 2 , B 2 S 3 , GeS 4 , AgI. , Ag 2 O, Li 2 O, P 2 O 5 , B 2 O 3 , and a material having one or more selected from V 2 O 5 , etc., Li 7 P 3 S 11 or Li 1 + x + y Al x Ti 2-x .
- Si y P 3-y O 12 (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 2, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 3,) and the like can be used.
- the material having an amorphous portion can be used in a state of being completely amorphous, or can be used in a state of partially crystallized crystallized glass (also referred to as glass ceramics). It is desirable that the covering material 101 has lithium ion conductivity. It can be said that the lithium ion conductivity has lithium ion diffusivity and lithium ion penetration. Further, the coating material 101 preferably has a melting point of 800 ° C. or lower, more preferably 500 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable that the coating material 101 has electron conductivity. Further, the coating material 101 preferably has a softening point of 800 ° C. or lower, and for example, Li 2OB 2 O 3 -SiO 2 glass can be used.
- a material having carbon can be used as the covering material 101.
- a material having carbon for example, carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, artificial graphite, graphite such as natural graphite, carbon fiber such as carbon nanofiber, and carbon nanotube, and conductive material such as graphene compound. Materials that can be used can be used.
- a material having an amorphous portion and a material having carbon may be mixed and used.
- an oxide and LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) can be used.
- oxides include aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, niobium oxide and the like.
- LiM2PO 4 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z has a structure covered with a molecular crystal electrolyte.
- the molecular crystal electrolyte can function as a binder for the positive electrode active material layer 1105.
- the molecular crystal electrolyte is preferably a material having high ionic conductivity, and the positive electrode active material composite 100z covered with the molecular crystal electrolyte can exchange carrier ions with the electrolyte 114.
- the first active material 100x a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) having a layered rock salt type crystal structure can be used. Further, as the first active material 100x, a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 to which the additive element X is added can be used.
- the additive element X contained in the first active material 100x includes nickel, cobalt, magnesium, calcium, chlorine, fluorine, aluminum, manganese, titanium, zirconium, ittrium, vanadium, gallium, iron, chromium, niobium, lantern, hafnium, and the like.
- the first active material 100x is lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine, magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and lithium cobalt oxide having nickel, magnesium, lithium cobalt oxide having fluorine and titanium, and nickel having magnesium and fluorine.
- the first active material 100x secondary particles of a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) are coated with a metal oxide.
- a metal oxide an oxide of one or more metals selected from Al, Ti, Nb, Zr, La, and Li can be used.
- a metal oxide-coated composite oxide in which the secondary particles of the composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) is coated with aluminum oxide is the first. It can be used as the active material 100x of 1.
- the metal oxide-coated composite oxide obtained can be used.
- the coating layer is preferably thin, for example, 1 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 100 nm or less.
- the active material 100x As the first active material 100x, the active material described in the embodiment described later can be used.
- LiM2PO 4 having an oxide and an olivine type crystal structure (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) can be used.
- oxides include aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, niobium oxide and the like.
- LiM2PO 4 LiFePO 4 , LiNiPO 4 , LiCoPO 4 , LiMnPO 4 , LiFe a Ni b PO 4 , LiFe a Co b PO 4 , LiFe a Mn b PO 4 , LiNi a Co b PO 4 , LiNi a Co b Mn b PO 4 (a + b is 1 or less, 0 ⁇ a ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 1), LiFe c Ni d Co e PO 4 , LiFe c Ni d Mn e PO 4 , LiNi c Co d Mn e PO 4 ( c + d + e is 1 or less, 0 ⁇ c ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ d ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ e ⁇ 1), LiFe f Ni g Coh Mn i PO 4 (f + g + h + i is 1 or less, 0 ⁇ f ⁇ 1,
- the conductive material may be, for example, one or two of carbon black such as acetylene black and furnace black, graphite such as artificial graphite and natural graphite, carbon fibers such as carbon nanofibers, and carbon nanotubes, and a graphene compound. More than seeds can be used.
- the graphene compound means multi-layer graphene, multi-graphene, graphene oxide, multi-layer graphene oxide, multi-graphene oxide, reduced graphene oxide, reduced multi-layer graphene oxide, reduced multi-graphene oxide, graphene quantum dot. Etc. are included.
- the graphene compound has carbon, has a flat plate shape, a sheet shape, or the like, and has a two-dimensional structure formed by a carbon 6-membered ring.
- the two-dimensional structure formed by the carbon 6-membered ring may be called a carbon sheet.
- the graphene compound may have a functional group. Further, the graphene compound preferably has a bent shape.
- the graphene compound may also be curled up into carbon nanofibers.
- graphene oxide has carbon and oxygen, has a sheet-like shape, and has a functional group, particularly an epoxy group, a carboxy group or a hydroxy group.
- the reduced graphene oxide in the present specification and the like means a graphene oxide having carbon and oxygen, having a sheet-like shape, and having a two-dimensional structure formed by a carbon 6-membered ring. It may be called a carbon sheet. Although one reduced graphene oxide functions, a plurality of reduced graphene oxides may be laminated.
- the reduced graphene oxide preferably has a portion having a carbon concentration of more than 80 atomic% and an oxygen concentration of 2 atomic% or more and 15 atomic% or less. By setting such carbon concentration and oxygen concentration, it is possible to function as a highly conductive conductive material even in a small amount. Further, the reduced graphene oxide preferably has an intensity ratio G / D of G band to D band of 1 or more in the Raman spectrum. The reduced graphene oxide having such an intensity ratio can function as a highly conductive conductive material even in a small amount.
- Graphene compounds may have excellent electrical properties such as high conductivity and excellent physical properties such as high flexibility and high mechanical strength. Further, the graphene compound has a sheet-like shape. Graphene compounds may have curved surfaces, allowing surface contact with low contact resistance. Further, even if it is thin, the conductivity may be very high, and a conductive path can be efficiently formed in the active material layer with a small amount. Therefore, by using the graphene compound as the conductive material, the contact area between the active material and the conductive material can be increased.
- the graphene compound may cover an area of 80% or more of the active material. It is preferable that the graphene compound clings to at least a part of the active material particles.
- the graphene compound is layered on at least a portion of the active material particles. Further, it is preferable that the shape of the graphene compound matches at least a part of the shape of the active material particles.
- the shape of the active material particles means, for example, the unevenness of a single active material particle or the unevenness formed by a plurality of active material particles. Further, it is preferable that the graphene compound surrounds at least a part of the active material particles. Further, the graphene compound may have holes.
- Binder for example, polystyrene, methyl polyacrylate, methyl polymethacrylate (polymethylmethacrylate, PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, poly One or two of materials such as tetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylenepropylene diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, and nitrocellulose.
- PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride
- PAN polyacrylonitrile
- the dispersion medium for example, one or a mixture of water, methanol, ethanol, acetone, tetrahydrofuran (THF), dimethylformamide (DMF), N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) and dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) is used. be able to.
- a suitable combination of the binder and the dispersion medium it is preferable to use a combination of polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) and N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP).
- the current collector As the current collector, a material having high conductivity such as a metal such as stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, and titanium, and an alloy thereof can be used. Further, it is preferable that the material used for the positive electrode current collector does not elute at the potential of the positive electrode. Further, an aluminum alloy to which an element for improving heat resistance such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, and molybdenum is added can be used. As the current collector, a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape, a sheet-like shape, a net-like shape, a punching metal-like shape, an expanded metal-like shape, or the like can be appropriately used. It is preferable to use a current collector having a thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
- the method for producing a positive electrode active material composite shows a method for producing a first active material 100x, a second active material 100y, and a coating material 101 by using a composite treatment with mechanical energy.
- the present invention is not construed as being limited to these descriptions.
- the method 1 for producing the positive electrode active material composite a case where the first active material 100x and the coating material 101 are combined is shown, and in the method 2 for producing the positive electrode active material composite, the first active material 100x and the coating material 101 are combined.
- the method 3 for producing the positive electrode active material composite the case where the second active material 100y is further combined after the covering material 101 is combined is shown.
- the first active material 100x and the second active material are combined. The case where 100y and the covering material 101 are combined at once is shown.
- step S101 of FIG. 5A the first active material 100x is prepared, and in step S102, the covering material 101 is prepared.
- the first active material 100x an element added to a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) produced by the production method shown in the embodiment described later.
- M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn
- X is added, for example, lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine, lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel
- the lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, and nickel those subjected to the initial heating shown in the embodiment described later are preferable.
- nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate can be used as another example of the first active material 100x.
- the transition metal ratio of nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate a high nickel ratio is preferable.
- nickel: cobalt: manganese 8: 1: 1
- nickel: cobalt: manganese 9: 0.5: 0.
- Materials with a molar ratio of 5 are preferred.
- a metal oxide-coated composite oxide in which the secondary particles of nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate are coated with aluminum oxide can be used.
- the coating layer is preferably thin, for example, 1 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 1 nm or more and 100 nm or less.
- a material having an amorphous portion can be used as the covering material 101.
- Materials having an amorphous portion include, for example, SiO 2 , SiO, Al 2 O 3 , TiO 2 , Li 4 SiO 4 , Li 3 PO 4 , Li 2 S, SiS 2 , B 2 S 3 , GeS 4 , AgI. , Ag 2 O, Li 2 O, P 2 O 5 , B 2 O 3 , and a material having one or more selected from V 2 O 5 , etc., Li 7 P 3 S 11 or Li 1 + x + y Al x Ti 2-x .
- Si y P 3-y O 12 (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 2, 0 ⁇ y ⁇ 3,) and the like can be used.
- the material having an amorphous portion can be used in a state of being completely amorphous, or can be used in a state of partially crystallized crystallized glass (also referred to as glass ceramics). It is desirable that the covering material 101 has lithium ion conductivity. It can be said that the lithium ion conductivity has lithium ion diffusivity and lithium ion penetration. Further, the coating material 101 preferably has a melting point of 800 ° C. or lower, more preferably 500 ° C. or lower. Further, it is preferable that the covering material 101 has electron conductivity. Further, the coating material 101 preferably has a softening point of 800 ° C. or lower, and for example, Li 2OB 2 O 3 -SiO 2 glass can be used.
- step S103 the above-mentioned first active material 100x and the covering material 101 are compounded.
- the compounding process can be performed by the mechanochemical method. Further, it may be processed by using the mechanofusion method.
- a ball mill When a ball mill is used as step S103, it is preferable to use, for example, a zirconia ball as a medium.
- a zirconia ball As the ball mill treatment, if the purpose is mixing, drywall treatment is desirable.
- Acetone can be used when the ball mill treatment is performed by a wet treatment. When performing a wet ball mill treatment, it is preferable to use dehydrated acetone having a water content of 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less.
- step S103 By the compounding treatment in step S103, it is possible to prepare a state in which at least a part of the particle surface of the particulate first active material 100x, preferably substantially the entire surface, is covered with the covering material 101.
- step S104 heat treatment is performed as step S104. It is desirable that the heat treatment in step S104 be performed at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of the coating material 101. For example, in an atmosphere containing oxygen, it may be carried out under the conditions of 400 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, preferably 450 ° C. or higher and 800 ° C. or lower, and 1 hour or longer and 60 hours or shorter, preferably 2 hours or longer and 20 hours or lower. After step S104, there may be a step of crushing the adhered positive electrode active material complex 100z.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z according to one aspect of the present invention shown in FIG. 5A can be produced (step S105).
- the ratio of the particle diameter of the coating material 101 to the particle diameter of the first active material 100x is preferably 1/100 or more and 1/50 or less, and more preferably 1/200 or more and 1/100 or less.
- the atomizing treatment can be performed by the method shown in FIG. 5B to obtain the atomized covering material 101'(step S103).
- the coating material 101 has electron conductivity, but when the coating material 101 has low electron conductivity, in step S103 of FIG. 5A, the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- step S101 of FIG. 6A the first active material 100x is prepared, and in step S102, the covering material 101 is prepared.
- step S103 the above-mentioned first active material 100x and the covering material 101 are compounded.
- the compounding process can be performed by the mechanochemical method. Further, it may be processed by using the mechanofusion method.
- a ball mill When a ball mill is used as step S103, it is preferable to use, for example, a zirconia ball as a medium.
- a zirconia ball As the ball mill treatment, if the purpose is mixing, drywall treatment is desirable.
- Acetone can be used when the ball mill treatment is performed by a wet treatment. When performing a wet ball mill treatment, it is preferable to use dehydrated acetone having a water content of 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less.
- step S103 By the compounding treatment in step S103, it is possible to prepare a state in which at least a part of the particle surface of the particulate first active material 100x, preferably substantially the entire surface, is covered with the covering material 101.
- step S104 heat treatment is performed in step S104 to obtain the positive electrode active material complex 100z in step S105. It is desirable that the heat treatment in step S104 be performed at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of the coating material 101. For example, in an atmosphere containing oxygen, it may be carried out under the conditions of 400 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, preferably 450 ° C. or higher and 800 ° C. or lower, and 1 hour or longer and 60 hours or shorter, preferably 2 hours or longer and 20 hours or lower. After step S104, there may be a step of crushing the adhered positive electrode active material complex 100z.
- step S106 the second active material 100y is prepared.
- LiM2PO 4 (M2 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) can be used.
- an oxide can be used as the second active material 100y.
- aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, niobium oxide and the like can be used.
- the materials described above as LiM2PO 4 such as LiFePO 4 , LiMnPO 4 , LiFe a Mn b PO 4 (a + b is 1 or less, 0 ⁇ a ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 1), LiFe a Ni b PO 4 (a + b is 1 or less). , 0 ⁇ a ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ b ⁇ 1).
- a carbon coating layer may be provided on the surface of the particles of the second active material 100y.
- the combination of the first active material 100x and the second active material 100y is charged according to the characteristics required for the secondary battery. It is possible to select a combination in which a step is unlikely to occur in the discharge curve, or a combination in which a step is unlikely to occur in the charge / discharge curve at a desired charge rate.
- step S107 of FIG. 6A the positive electrode active material complex 100z of step S105 and the second active material 100y are compounded.
- the compounding process can be performed by the mechanochemical method. Further, it may be processed by using the mechanofusion method.
- a ball mill When a ball mill is used as step S107, it is preferable to use, for example, a zirconia ball as a medium.
- a zirconia ball As the ball mill treatment, if the purpose is mixing, drywall treatment is desirable.
- Acetone can be used when the ball mill treatment is performed by a wet treatment. When performing a wet ball mill treatment, it is preferable to use dehydrated acetone having a water content of 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less.
- step S107 By the compounding treatment in step S107, it is possible to prepare a state in which at least a part of the surface of the positive electrode active material complex 100z, preferably substantially the entire surface, is covered with the second active material 100y.
- step S108 heat treatment is performed as step S108.
- the heat treatment in step S108 is performed, for example, in an atmosphere containing oxygen or nitrogen at 400 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, preferably 450 ° C. or higher and 800 ° C. or lower, and 1 hour or longer and 60 hours or shorter, preferably 2 hours or longer and 20 hours or lower. It is good to do it under the conditions.
- step S108 there may be a step of crushing the adhered positive electrode active material complex 100z'.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z'of one aspect of the present invention shown in FIG. 6A can be produced (step S109).
- the ratio of the particle diameter of the coating material 101 to the particle diameter of the first active material 100x is preferably 1/100 or more and 1/50 or less, and more preferably 1/200 or more and 1/100 or less.
- the atomization treatment may be performed by the method shown in FIG. 5B.
- the coating material 101 has electron conductivity, but when the coating material 101 has low electron conductivity, in step S103 of FIG. 6A, the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- the ratio of the particle size of the second active material 100y to the particle size of the first active material 100x (the particle size of the second active material 100y).
- the first active substance 100x) is preferably 1/100 or more and 1/50 or less, and more preferably 1/200 or more and 1/100 or less.
- the second active material 100y'(step S103) atomized by performing the atomization treatment (step S102) by the method shown in FIG. 6B. can do.
- step S101 of FIG. 7A the first active material 100x is prepared, in step S102, the second active material 100y is prepared, and in step S103, the covering material 101 is prepared.
- step S104 the composite treatment of the first active material 100x, the second active material 100y, and the covering material 101 is performed.
- the compounding process can be performed by the mechanochemical method. Further, it may be processed by using the mechanofusion method.
- step S104 it is preferable to use, for example, a zirconia ball as a medium.
- a zirconia ball As the ball mill treatment, if the purpose is mixing, drywall treatment is desirable.
- Acetone can be used when the ball mill treatment is performed by a wet treatment. When performing a wet ball mill treatment, it is preferable to use dehydrated acetone having a water content of 100 ppm or less, preferably 10 ppm or less.
- step S104 By the compounding treatment in step S104, at least a part of the particle surface of the particulate first active material 100x, preferably substantially the entire surface, is covered with a mixture of the second active material and the covering material 101. Can be made.
- step S105 heat treatment is performed as step S105. It is desirable that the heat treatment in step S105 is performed at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of the coating material 101. For example, in an atmosphere containing oxygen or nitrogen, it may be carried out under the conditions of 400 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, preferably 450 ° C. or higher and 800 ° C. or lower, and 1 hour or longer and 60 hours or shorter, preferably 2 hours or longer and 20 hours or lower.
- step S104 there may be a step of crushing the adhered positive electrode active material complex 100z.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z according to one aspect of the present invention shown in FIG. 7A can be produced (step S106).
- the ratio of the particle diameter of the coating material 101 to the particle diameter of the first active material 100x is preferably 1/100 or more and 1/50 or less, and more preferably 1/200 or more and 1/100 or less.
- the atomization treatment may be performed by the method shown in FIG. 5B.
- the coating material 101 has electron conductivity, but when the coating material 101 has low electron conductivity, in step S104 of FIG. 7A, the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- the graphene compound, carbon black, or the coating material 101 is combined with the coating material 101.
- FIGS. 5A to 7A have described an example of performing a compounding process using mechanical energy, one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this. A method of wet-mixing the first active material 100x and the covering material 101 will be described with reference to FIG. 7B.
- step S101 of FIG. 7B the first active material 100x is prepared, and in step S102, the covering material 101 is prepared.
- Examples of the coating material 101 suitable for wet mixing include graphene oxide. Since graphene oxide is easily dispersed in a polar solvent such as water and NMP, the coating material 101 is easily attached to the surface of the first active material 100x in a small amount.
- the compounding process by wet mixing can be performed as follows, for example. First, the dressing 101 and the solvent are mixed. The first active substance 100x is added thereto and mixed. Further, a binder is added and mixed to prepare a slurry. For example, a rotation / revolution mixer can be used for mixing. It is preferable to add a solvent as appropriate for adjusting the viscosity.
- the slurry is applied onto a current collector and dried to prepare an electrode layer. For example, the slurry can be applied to the current collector by the doctor blade method. Further, in the present specification and the like, coating refers to a step of forming a slurry so as to have a specified thickness, and may be paraphrased as forming, spreading, and the like. By such a step, the covering material 101 can be attached to the surface of the first active material 100x (step S104).
- the electrode layer prepared above is subjected to a reduction treatment.
- a reduction treatment chemical reduction and / or thermal reduction can be performed.
- thermal reduction after chemical reduction because graphene oxide can be sufficiently reduced even if the temperature of thermal reduction is lowered, and deterioration of the binder can be avoided.
- first chemical reduction is performed as step S110.
- chemical reduction is performed by immersing the electrode layer prepared above in an aqueous solution of a reducing agent.
- a reducing agent an organic acid such as ascorbic acid, hydrogen, sulfur dioxide, sulfurous acid, sodium sulfite, sodium hydrogen sulfite, ammonium sulfite, or phosphoric acid can be used.
- ascorbic acid When ascorbic acid is used as the reducing agent, first, ascorbic acid is dissolved in a solvent to prepare a reducing agent solution (ascorbic acid solution).
- a solvent water, a mixture of water and NMP, ethanol, a mixture of water and ethanol, and the like can be used.
- the electrode layer prepared above is immersed in the solution. This treatment can be performed, for example, for 30 minutes or more and 10 hours or less, preferably about 1 hour. Further, heating is preferable because the time for chemical reduction can be shortened. For example, it can be heated to room temperature or higher and 100 ° C. or lower, preferably about 60 ° C. or higher.
- Thermal reduction refers to a process of heating the prepared electrode layer. Heating is preferably performed under reduced pressure.
- a glass tube oven can be used for heating. The glass tube oven can be heated under a reduced pressure of about 1 kPa.
- the optimum heating temperature and heating time differ depending on the conductive material and binder material.
- the temperature is such that graphene oxide is sufficiently reduced and does not adversely affect PVDF.
- it is preferably 125 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower. Below 100 ° C, the reduction of graphene oxide may not proceed sufficiently.
- the temperature is 250 ° C. or higher, PVDF may be adversely affected and the slurry may be easily peeled off from the current collector.
- the heating time is preferably 1 hour or more and 20 hours or less. If the heating time is less than 1 hour, graphene oxide may not be sufficiently reduced. On the other hand, if the heating time exceeds 20 hours, the productivity decreases.
- the functional groups that are easily reduced differ between chemical reduction and thermal reduction.
- thermal reduction has a large effect of reducing the hydroxy group (-OH) in graphene oxide by dehydration. Therefore, it can be reduced more efficiently by performing both chemical reduction and thermal reduction, and the conductivity of the reduced graphene oxide can be enhanced.
- the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material is liable to collapse due to the influence of contact with water. Therefore, when this production method is adopted, it is preferable to use a positive electrode active material having a highly stable crystal structure.
- a positive electrode active material having an olivine-type crystal structure such as lithium phosphate is also preferable because of its high stability.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z according to one aspect of the present invention shown in FIG. 7B can be produced (step S106).
- FIG. 8A is a schematic top view of the positive electrode active material 100, which is one aspect of the present invention.
- a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line AB in FIG. 8A is shown in FIG. 8B.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has lithium, a transition metal, oxygen, and an additive element X. It can be said that the positive electrode active material 100 is a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn) to which the additive element X is added.
- M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn
- the transition metal of the positive electrode active material 100 it is preferable to use a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium.
- a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium For example, at least one of manganese, cobalt and nickel can be used. That is, as the transition metal of the positive electrode active material 100, only cobalt may be used, only nickel may be used, two kinds of cobalt and manganese, two kinds of cobalt and nickel may be used, and cobalt may be used. , Manganese, and nickel may be used.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is lithium cobalt oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which a part of cobalt is substituted with manganese, lithium cobalt oxide in which a part of cobalt is substituted with nickel, and nickel-manganese-lithium cobalt oxide. It can have a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal, such as. Having nickel in addition to cobalt as a transition metal is preferable because the crystal structure may become more stable in a state of charge at a high voltage.
- the additive elements X contained in the positive electrode active material 100 include nickel, cobalt, magnesium, calcium, chlorine, fluorine, aluminum, manganese, titanium, zirconium, ittrium, vanadium, iron, chromium, niobium, lanthanum, hafnium, zinc, and silicon. It is preferable to use one or more selected from sulfur, phosphorus, boron, and arsenic. These elements may further stabilize the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material 100. That is, the positive electrode active material 100 is lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine, lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium, fluorine and titanium, nickel-lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine, cobalt-lithium aluminum oxide having magnesium and fluorine, and nickel.
- the additive element X may be referred to by replacing it with a mixture, a part of a raw material, or the like.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has a surface layer portion 100a and an internal 100b. It is preferable that the surface layer portion 100a has a higher concentration of the additive element X than the internal 100b. Further, as shown by the gradation in FIG. 8B, it is preferable that the additive element X has a concentration gradient that increases from the inside toward the surface.
- the surface layer portion 100a refers to a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to about 10 nm.
- the surface generated by cracks and / or cracks may also be referred to as a surface, and as shown in FIG. 8C, the region from the surface to about 10 nm is referred to as a surface layer portion 100c.
- the region deeper than the surface layer portion 100a and the surface layer portion 100c of the positive electrode active material 100 is defined as the internal 100b.
- the positive electrode active material 100 forms the positive electrode active material complex 100z, it is desirable that the surface generated by the crack is also covered with the covering material 101.
- the surface layer portion 100a having a high concentration of the additive element X is used so that the layered structure composed of the octahedron of cobalt and oxygen is not broken even if lithium is removed from the positive electrode active material 100 by charging. That is, the outer peripheral portion of the particle is reinforced.
- the concentration gradient of the additive element X is uniformly present in the entire surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100. This is because even if a part of the surface layer portion 100a is reinforced, if there is a portion without reinforcement, stress may be concentrated on the portion without reinforcement, which is not preferable. When stress is concentrated on a part of the particles, defects such as cracks may occur from the stress, which may lead to cracking of the positive electrode active material and a decrease in charge / discharge capacity.
- Magnesium is divalent and is more stable in lithium sites than in transition metal sites in layered rock salt type crystal structures, so it is easier to enter lithium sites.
- the presence of magnesium at an appropriate concentration in the lithium site of the surface layer portion 100a makes it possible to easily maintain the layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- magnesium since magnesium has a strong binding force with oxygen, it is possible to suppress the withdrawal of oxygen around magnesium.
- Magnesium is preferable because it does not adversely affect the insertion and removal of lithium during charging and discharging if the concentration is appropriate. However, if it is excessive, the insertion and removal of lithium may be adversely affected.
- Aluminum is trivalent and can be present at transition metal sites in layered rock salt type crystal structures. Aluminum can suppress the elution of surrounding cobalt. In addition, since aluminum has a strong binding force with oxygen, it is possible to suppress the withdrawal of oxygen around aluminum. Therefore, if aluminum is used as the additive element X, the positive electrode active material 100 whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging can be obtained.
- Fluorine is a monovalent anion, and when a part of oxygen is replaced with fluorine in the surface layer portion 100a, the lithium withdrawal energy becomes small. This is because the change in the valence of the cobalt ion due to the desorption of lithium is trivalent to tetravalent when it does not have fluorine, and divalent to trivalent when it has fluorine, and the redox potential is different. Therefore, when a part of oxygen is replaced with fluorine in the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100, it can be said that the separation and insertion of lithium ions in the vicinity of fluorine are likely to occur smoothly. Therefore, when used in a secondary battery, charge / discharge characteristics, rate characteristics, and the like are improved, which is preferable.
- Titanium oxide is known to have superhydrophilicity. Therefore, by using the positive electrode active material 100 having a titanium oxide on the surface layer portion 100a, there is a possibility that the wettability with respect to a highly polar solvent may be improved. When a secondary battery is used, the interface between the positive electrode active material 100 and the highly polar electrolytic solution becomes good, and there is a possibility that an increase in resistance can be suppressed.
- the electrolytic solution corresponds to a liquid electrolyte.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a stable crystal structure even at a high voltage. Since the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material is stable in the charged state, it is possible to suppress a decrease in capacity due to repeated charging and discharging.
- a short circuit of the secondary battery not only causes a malfunction in the charging operation and / or the discharging operation of the secondary battery, but also may cause heat generation and ignition.
- the short-circuit current is suppressed even at a high charging voltage.
- a short-circuit current is suppressed even at a high charging voltage. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a secondary battery that has both high capacity and safety.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention preferably simultaneously satisfies high capacity, excellent charge / discharge cycle characteristics, and safety.
- the concentration gradient of the added element X can be evaluated using, for example, energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX: Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy).
- EDX Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy
- measuring while scanning the inside of the region and evaluating the inside of the region in two dimensions may be called EDX plane analysis.
- EDX plane analysis extracting data in a linear region from the surface analysis of EDX and evaluating the distribution of atomic concentrations in the positive electrode active material particles may be called linear analysis.
- the concentration of the additive element X in the surface layer portion 100a, the inner 100b, the vicinity of the crystal grain boundary, etc. of the positive electrode active material 100 can be quantitatively analyzed.
- the distribution of the concentration of the additive element X can be analyzed by EDX ray analysis.
- the peak magnesium concentration (position where the concentration becomes the maximum value) of the surface layer portion 100a exists up to a depth of 3 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 toward the center. It is more preferable that it exists up to a depth of 1 nm, and it is even more preferable that it exists up to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the distribution of fluorine contained in the positive electrode active material 100 overlaps with the distribution of magnesium. Therefore, when EDX ray analysis is performed, it is preferable that the peak of the fluorine concentration of the surface layer portion 100a (the position where the concentration becomes the maximum value) exists up to a depth of 3 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 toward the center. It is more preferably present up to 1 nm, and even more preferably up to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the additive elements X do not have to have the same concentration distribution.
- the distribution is slightly different from that of magnesium and fluorine.
- the peak of magnesium concentration position where the concentration becomes the maximum value
- the peak of the aluminum concentration preferably exists at a depth of 0.5 nm or more and 20 nm or less toward the center from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100, and more preferably 1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
- the ratio (X / M1) of the additive element X and the transition metal M1 in the vicinity of the grain boundary is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.50 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.30 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.20 or less.
- the ratio of the number of atoms of magnesium to cobalt (Mg / Co) is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.50 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.30 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.20 or less.
- the additive element contained in the positive electrode active material 100 is excessive, the insertion and removal of lithium may be adversely affected. In addition, when it is used as a secondary battery, it may cause an increase in resistance and a decrease in capacity. On the other hand, if it is insufficient, it will not be distributed over the entire surface layer portion 100a, and the effect of retaining the crystal structure may be insufficient. In this way, the additive element X is adjusted so as to have an appropriate concentration in the positive electrode active material 100.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have a region in which the excess additive element X is unevenly distributed. Due to the presence of such a region, the excess additive element X is removed from the other regions, and an appropriate concentration of the additive element X can be obtained in the inside of the positive electrode active material 100 and most of the surface layer portion.
- an appropriate concentration of the additive element X in the inside of the positive electrode active material 100 and most of the surface layer portion it is possible to suppress an increase in resistance and a decrease in capacity when the secondary battery is used. Being able to suppress an increase in the resistance of a secondary battery is an extremely preferable characteristic especially in charging / discharging at a high rate.
- the positive electrode active material 100 having a region in which the excess additive element X is unevenly distributed it is permissible to mix the additive element X in excess to some extent in the manufacturing process. Therefore, the margin in production is wide, which is preferable.
- uneven distribution means that the concentration of a certain element differs between a certain region A and a certain region B. It may be said that segregation, precipitation, non-uniformity, bias, high concentration or low concentration, and the like.
- a material having a layered rock salt type crystal structure such as lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO 2 ) has a high discharge capacity and is excellent as a positive electrode active material for a secondary battery.
- Examples of the material having a layered rock salt type crystal structure include a composite oxide represented by LiM1O 2 (M1 is one or more selected from Fe, Ni, Co, and Mn).
- FIGS. 9 to 14 show a case where cobalt is used as the transition metal of the positive electrode active material.
- the positive electrode active material shown in FIG. 11 is lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO 2 , LCO) to which halogen and magnesium are not added.
- the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide shown in FIG. 11 changes depending on the charging depth. In other words, in the case of notation LixCoO 2 , the crystal structure changes according to the lithium occupancy rate x of the lithium site.
- the CoO 2 layer is a structure in which an octahedral structure in which oxygen is coordinated to cobalt is continuous in the plane direction in a state of sharing a ridge.
- the space group P-3m1 has a crystal structure, and one CoO layer is present in the unit cell. Therefore, this crystal structure may be referred to as an O1 type crystal structure.
- the coordinates of cobalt and oxygen in the unit cell are set to Co (0, 0, 0.42150 ⁇ 0.00016), O 1 (0, 0, 0.267671 ⁇ 0.00045). , O 2 (0, 0, 0.11535 ⁇ 0.00045).
- O 1 and O 2 are oxygen atoms, respectively.
- the H1-3 type crystal structure is represented by a unit cell using one cobalt and two oxygens.
- the O3'type crystal structure of one aspect of the present invention is preferably represented by a unit cell using one cobalt and one oxygen.
- the O3'type crystal structure has an O3 structure compared to the H1-3 type structure. Indicates that the change from is small. It is more preferable to use which unit cell to express the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material, for example, in the Rietveld analysis of the XRD pattern, the GOF (good of fitness) value is selected to be smaller. do it.
- the difference in volume is also large.
- the difference in volume between the H1-3 type crystal structure and the discharged state O3 type crystal structure is 3.0% or more.
- the continuous structure of two CoO layers such as P-3m1 (O1) of the H1-3 type crystal structure is likely to be unstable.
- the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide collapses when high voltage charging and discharging are repeated.
- the collapse of the crystal structure causes deterioration of the cycle characteristics. It is considered that this is because the crystal structure collapses, the number of sites where lithium can stably exist decreases, and it becomes difficult to insert and remove lithium.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention can reduce the deviation of the CoO 2 layer in repeated charging and discharging of a high voltage. Furthermore, the change in volume can be reduced. Therefore, the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention can realize excellent cycle characteristics. Further, the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention can have a stable crystal structure in a state of charge with a high voltage. Therefore, the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention may not easily cause a short circuit when the high voltage charge state is maintained. In such a case, safety is further improved, which is preferable.
- the difference in volume is small when compared with the change in crystal structure and the same number of transition metal atoms in the state of being sufficiently discharged and the state of being charged at a high voltage.
- FIG. 9 shows the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material 100 before and after charging and discharging.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is a composite oxide having lithium, cobalt as a transition metal, and oxygen.
- a halogen such as fluorine or chlorine as the additive element X.
- the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention has a crystal having a structure different from that of the H1-3 type crystal structure when the charging depth is sufficiently charged.
- This structure belongs to the space group R-3m, and ions such as cobalt and magnesium occupy the oxygen 6 coordination position.
- the symmetry of the CoO2 layer of this structure is the same as that of the O3 type. Therefore, this structure is referred to as an O3'type crystal structure in the present specification and the like. In the figure of the O3'type crystal structure shown in FIG.
- the display of lithium is omitted in order to explain the symmetry of the cobalt atom and the symmetry of the oxygen atom, but in reality, the CoO 2 layer is used.
- the CoO 2 layer is used in between, there is, for example, 20 atomic% or less of lithium with respect to cobalt.
- magnesium is dilutely present between the CoO 2 layers, that is, in the lithium site.
- halogens such as fluorine are randomly and dilutely present in the oxygen sites.
- light elements such as lithium may occupy the oxygen 4-coordination position.
- the O3'type crystal structure has a random lithium between layers but is similar to the CdCl 2 type crystal structure.
- This crystal structure similar to CdCl type 2 is similar to the crystal structure when lithium nickel oxide is charged to a charging depth of 0.94 (Li 0.06 NiO 2 ), but contains a large amount of pure lithium cobalt oxide or cobalt. It is known that layered rock salt type positive electrode active materials usually do not have this crystal structure.
- the change in the crystal structure when charging at a high voltage and a large amount of lithium is desorbed is suppressed as compared with the conventional positive electrode active material. For example, as shown by the dotted line in FIG. 9, there is almost no deviation of the CoO2 layer in these crystal structures.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has high structural stability even when the charging voltage is high.
- a charging voltage having an H1-3 type crystal structure for example, a charging voltage capable of maintaining an R-3m (O3) crystal structure even at a voltage of about 4.6 V based on the potential of lithium metal.
- There is a region in which the charging voltage is further increased for example, a region in which an O3'type crystal structure can be obtained even at a voltage of about 4.65 V to 4.7 V with respect to the potential of the lithium metal.
- H1-3 type crystals may be observed only.
- the charging voltage is such that the crystal structure of R-3m (O3) can be maintained even when the voltage of the secondary battery is 4.3 V or more and 4.5 V or less.
- the charging voltage is further increased, for example, a region in which an O3'type crystal structure can be obtained even at 4.35 V or more and 4.55 V or less based on the potential of the lithium metal.
- the crystal structure does not easily collapse even if charging and discharging are repeated at a high voltage.
- the coordinates of cobalt and oxygen in the unit cell are within the range of Co (0,0,0.5), O (0,0,x), 0.20 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.25. Can be indicated by.
- the additive element X for example, magnesium, which is randomly and dilutely present between the two CoO layers, that is, at the lithium site, has an effect of suppressing the displacement of the two CoO layers. Therefore, if magnesium is present between the CoO 2 layers, it tends to have an O3'type crystal structure. Therefore, it is preferable that magnesium is distributed in at least a part of the surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention, and further distributed in the entire surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100. Further, in order to distribute magnesium over the entire surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100, it is preferable to perform heat treatment in the step of producing the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- a halogen compound such as a fluorine compound
- lithium cobalt oxide before the heat treatment for distributing magnesium over the entire surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100.
- a halogen compound causes a melting point depression of lithium cobalt oxide. By lowering the melting point, magnesium can be easily distributed over the entire surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100 at a temperature at which cationic mixing is unlikely to occur. Further, if a fluorine compound is present, it can be expected that the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid generated by the decomposition of the electrolytic solution is improved.
- the magnesium concentration is higher than the desired value, the effect on stabilizing the crystal structure may be reduced. It is thought that magnesium enters cobalt sites in addition to lithium sites.
- the number of atoms of magnesium contained in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention is preferably 0.001 times or more and 0.1 times or less, and more than 0.01 times and less than 0.04 times the number of atoms of a transition metal such as cobalt. Is more preferable, and about 0.02 times is further preferable.
- the magnesium concentration shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by performing elemental analysis of the entire positive electrode active material using ICP-MS or the like, or may be a value obtained by blending raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material 100. It may be based.
- One or more metals selected from, for example, nickel, aluminum, manganese, titanium, vanadium and chromium may be added to lithium cobalt oxide as a metal other than cobalt (hereinafter referred to as additive element X), particularly one or more of nickel and aluminum. Is preferably added.
- additive element X may be stable due to their tetravalent value, and may contribute significantly to structural stability.
- the additive element X By adding the additive element X, the crystal structure may become more stable in a state of charge at a high voltage.
- the additive element X is added at a concentration that does not significantly change the crystallinity of lithium cobalt oxide.
- the amount is preferably such that the above-mentioned Jahn-Teller effect and the like are not exhibited.
- Transition metals such as nickel and manganese and aluminum are preferably present at cobalt sites, but some may be present at lithium sites. Magnesium is preferably present in lithium sites. Oxygen may be partially replaced with fluorine.
- the capacity of the positive electrode active material may decrease as the magnesium concentration of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention increases. As a factor, for example, it is considered that the amount of lithium contributing to charge / discharge may decrease due to the entry of magnesium into the lithium site.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has nickel as the additive element X in addition to magnesium, the charge / discharge cycle characteristics may be enhanced.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has aluminum as the additive element X in addition to magnesium, the charge / discharge cycle characteristics may be enhanced.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention having magnesium, nickel and aluminum as the additive element X the charge / discharge cycle characteristics may be enhanced.
- the concentration of the element of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention having magnesium, nickel and aluminum as the additive element X will be examined.
- the number of atoms of nickel contained in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 7.5% or less, still more preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less, and 0. .1% or more and 2% or less is particularly preferable.
- the nickel concentration shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by performing elemental analysis of the entire positive electrode active material using ICP-MS or the like, or based on the value of the blending of raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. You may.
- the constituent elements of the positive electrode active material may elute into the electrolytic solution and the crystal structure may be destroyed. However, by having nickel in the above ratio, elution of constituent elements from the positive electrode active material 100 may be suppressed.
- the number of atoms of aluminum contained in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention is preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less, and more preferably 0.1% or more and 2% or less of the atomic number of cobalt.
- the concentration of aluminum shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by performing elemental analysis of the entire positive electrode active material using ICP-MS or the like, or based on the value of the blending of raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. You may.
- the positive electrode active material having the additive element X of one aspect of the present invention it is preferable to use phosphorus as the additive element X in the positive electrode active material having the additive element X of one aspect of the present invention. Further, it is more preferable that the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a compound containing phosphorus and oxygen.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a compound containing phosphorus as the additive element X, it may be difficult for a short circuit to occur when a high temperature and high voltage charge state is maintained for a long time.
- hydrogen fluoride generated by decomposition of the electrolytic solution may react with phosphorus to reduce the hydrogen fluoride concentration in the electrolytic solution.
- hydrogen fluoride When the electrolytic solution has LiPF 6 as a lithium salt, hydrogen fluoride may be generated by hydrolysis. Further, hydrogen fluoride may be generated by the reaction between PVDF used as a component of the positive electrode and an alkali. By reducing the hydrogen fluoride concentration in the electrolytic solution, it may be possible to suppress corrosion of the current collector and / or peeling of the coating film. In addition, it may be possible to suppress a decrease in adhesiveness due to gelation and / or insolubilization of PVDF.
- the stability in a high voltage state of charge is extremely high.
- the atomic number of phosphorus is preferably 1% or more and 20% or less, more preferably 2% or more and 10% or less, and further preferably 3% or more and 8% or less of the atomic number of cobalt.
- the atomic number of magnesium is preferably 0.1% or more and 10% or less, more preferably 0.5% or more and 5% or less, and more preferably 0.7% or more and 4% or less of the atomic number of cobalt.
- concentrations of phosphorus and magnesium shown here may be values obtained by performing elemental analysis of the entire positive electrode active material 100 using, for example, ICP-MS, or the blending of raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material 100. It may be based on the value of.
- the progress of the crack may be suppressed by the presence of phosphorus, more specifically, for example, a compound containing phosphorus and oxygen inside the crack.
- the symmetry of the oxygen atom is slightly different between the O3 type crystal structure and the O3'type crystal structure. Specifically, in the O3 type crystal structure, the oxygen atoms are aligned along the dotted line, whereas in the O3'type crystal structure, the oxygen atoms are not strictly aligned. This is because in the O3'type crystal structure, tetravalent cobalt increases with the decrease of lithium, the Jahn-Teller strain increases, and the octahedral structure of CoO 6 is distorted. In addition, the repulsion between oxygen in the two layers of CoO became stronger as the amount of lithium decreased.
- Magnesium is preferably distributed over the entire surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention, and in addition, the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is preferably higher than the overall average.
- the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a measured by XPS or the like is higher than the overall average magnesium concentration measured by ICP-MS or the like.
- the concentration of the metal in the vicinity of the particle surface is determined. It is preferably higher than the overall average.
- the concentration of an element other than cobalt in the surface layer portion 100a measured by XPS or the like is higher than the concentration of the element in the overall average measured by ICP-MS or the like.
- the surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material 100 is, so to speak, a crystal defect, and lithium is removed from the surface during charging, so that the lithium concentration tends to be lower than that inside. Therefore, it tends to be unstable and the crystal structure tends to collapse. If the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is high, the change in the crystal structure can be suppressed more effectively. Further, when the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is high, it can be expected that the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid generated by the decomposition of the electrolytic solution is improved.
- the concentration of halogen such as fluorine in the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is higher than the overall average.
- the presence of the halogen in the surface layer portion 100a, which is a region in contact with the electrolytic solution, can effectively improve the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid.
- the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 preferably has a higher concentration of additive elements such as magnesium and fluorine than the internal 100b, and has a composition different from that of the internal. Further, it is preferable that the composition has a stable crystal structure at room temperature. Therefore, the surface layer portion 100a may have a crystal structure different from that of the internal 100b. For example, at least a part of the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention may have a rock salt type crystal structure. When the surface layer portion 100a and the internal 100b have different crystal structures, it is preferable that the crystal orientations of the surface layer portion 100a and the internal 100b are substantially the same.
- Layered rock salt crystals and anions of rock salt crystals have a cubic close-packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure). It is presumed that the O3'type crystal also has a cubic close-packed structure for anions.
- the anion has a structure in which three layers are stacked so as to be displaced from each other like ABCABC, it is referred to as a cubic close-packed structure. Therefore, the anions do not have to be strictly cubic lattices. At the same time, the actual crystal always has a defect, so the analysis result does not necessarily have to be as theoretical.
- FFT Fast Fourier Transform
- TEM image a spot may appear at a position slightly different from the theoretical position. For example, if the orientation with the theoretical position is 5 degrees or less, or 2.5 degrees or less, it can be said that a cubic close-packed structure is adopted.
- the anions in the (111) plane of the cubic crystal structure have a triangular arrangement.
- the layered rock salt type is a space group R-3m and has a rhombohedral structure, but is generally represented by a composite hexagonal lattice to facilitate understanding of the structure, and the (0001) plane of the layered rock salt type has a hexagonal lattice.
- the cubic (111) triangular lattice has an atomic arrangement similar to that of a layered rock salt type (0001) plane hexagonal lattice. It can be said that the orientation of the cubic close-packed structure is aligned when both lattices are consistent.
- the space group of layered rock salt type crystals and O3'type crystals is R-3m
- the orientations of the crystals are substantially the same when the orientations of the cubic close-packed structures composed of anions are aligned. be.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- HAADF-STEM high-angle scattering annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscope
- ABF-STEM Abbreviations: ABF-STEM
- FIG. 13 shows an example of a TEM image in which the orientations of the layered rock salt crystal LRS and the rock salt crystal RS are substantially the same.
- TEM image STEM image, HAADF-STEM image, ABF-STEM image and the like, an image reflecting the crystal structure can be obtained.
- a contrast derived from a crystal plane can be obtained.
- the contrast derived from the (0003) plane is obtained as a repetition of bright and dark lines. Therefore, when the repetition of bright lines and dark lines is observed in the TEM image and the angle between the bright lines (for example, L RS and L LRS shown in FIG. 13) is 5 degrees or less, or 2.5 degrees or less, the crystal plane is approximate. It can be determined that they are in agreement, that is, the orientations of the crystals are roughly in agreement. Similarly, when the angle between the dark lines is 5 degrees or less, or 2.5 degrees or less, it can be determined that the orientations of the crystals are substantially the same.
- lithium cobalt oxide having a layered rock salt type crystal structure is observed perpendicular to the c-axis
- the arrangement of cobalt atoms is observed as a bright line or an arrangement of points with high brightness, and lithium atoms and oxygen atoms are observed.
- the arrangement of is observed as a dark line or a low brightness area.
- fluorine (atomic number 9) and magnesium (atomic number 12) are added as the additive element of lithium cobalt oxide.
- FIG. 14A shows an example of an STEM image in which the orientations of the layered rock salt crystal LRS and the rock salt crystal RS are substantially the same.
- the FFT of the rock salt type crystal RS region is shown in FIG. 14B
- the FFT of the layered rock salt type crystal LRS region is shown in FIG. 14C.
- the literature values are shown on the left side of FIGS. 14B and 14C, and the measured values are shown on the right side.
- the spot with O is the 0th order diffraction.
- the spots marked with A in FIG. 14B are derived from the 11-1 reflection of cubic crystals.
- the spots marked with A in FIG. 14C are derived from the layered rock salt type 0003 reflection. From FIGS. 14B and 14C, it can be seen that the orientation of the 11-1 reflection of the cubic crystal and the orientation of the 0003 reflection of the layered rock salt type are substantially the same. That is, it can be seen that the straight line passing through the AO of FIG. 14B and the straight line passing through the AO of FIG. 14C are substantially parallel. Approximately coincident and approximately parallel here means that the angle is 5 degrees or less, or 2.5 degrees or less.
- the layered rock salt type ⁇ 0003> orientation or an equivalent plane orientation and the rock salt type ⁇ 11- 1> The orientation or the equivalent plane orientation may roughly match.
- these reciprocal lattice points are spot-shaped, that is, they are not continuous with other reciprocal lattice points.
- the fact that the reciprocal lattice points are spot-like and not continuous with other reciprocal lattice points means that the crystallinity is high.
- the layered rock salt type 0003 reflection may occur depending on the incident direction of the electron beam. Spots that are not derived from the layered rock salt type 0003 reflection may be observed on the reverse lattice space that is different from the orientation.
- the spot marked B in FIG. 14C is derived from the layered rock salt type 1014 reflection. This is an angle of 52 ° or more and 56 ° or less (that is, ⁇ AOB is 52 ° or more and 56 ° or less) from the direction of the reciprocal lattice point (A in FIG. 14C) derived from the layered rock salt type 0003 reflection. May be observed at a location of 0.19 nm or more and 0.21 nm or less. Note that this index is an example and does not necessarily have to match it. For example, reciprocal lattice points equivalent to 0003 and 1014 may be used.
- spots not derived from cubic 11-1 may be observed on the reciprocal lattice space different from the orientation in which cubic 11-1 was observed.
- the spots labeled B in FIG. 14B are derived from the 200 reflections of the cubic crystal. This is a diffraction spot at an angle of 54 ° or more and 56 ° or less (that is, ⁇ AOB is 54 ° or more and 56 ° or less) from the direction of the reflection derived from 11-1 of the cubic crystal (A in FIG. 14B). May be observed. Note that this index is an example and does not necessarily have to match it.
- reciprocal lattice points equivalent to 11-1 and 200 may be used.
- the (0003) plane and the equivalent plane, and the (10-14) plane and the equivalent plane tend to appear as crystal planes.
- an observation sample is prepared with a FIB or the like so that the (0003) plane can be easily observed, for example, in a TEM or the like so that the electron beam is incident on [12-10]. It is possible to process flakes.
- it is preferable to thin the layered rock salt type (0003) plane so that it can be easily observed.
- the surface layer portion 100a has only MgO or a structure in which MgO and CoO (II) are solid-dissolved, it becomes difficult to insert and remove lithium. Therefore, the surface layer portion 100a needs to have at least cobalt, also lithium in the discharged state, and have a path for inserting and removing lithium. Further, it is preferable that the concentration of cobalt is higher than that of magnesium.
- the additive element X is preferably located on the surface layer portion 100a of the particles of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention may be covered with a film having an additive element X.
- the additive element X contained in the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention may be randomly and dilutely present inside, but it is more preferable that a part of the additive element X is segregated at the grain boundaries.
- the concentration of the additive element X in the crystal grain boundary of the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention and its vicinity is also higher than in other regions inside.
- the grain boundaries can be considered as surface defects. Therefore, as with the particle surface, it tends to be unstable and the crystal structure tends to change. Therefore, if the concentration of the additive element X in or near the crystal grain boundary is high, the change in the crystal structure can be suppressed more effectively.
- the concentration of the additive element X in or near the crystal grain boundaries is high, even if cracks occur along the crystal grain boundaries of the particles of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention, the surface generated by the cracks may be cracked.
- the concentration of the additive element X increases in the vicinity. Therefore, the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid can be enhanced even in the positive electrode active material after cracks have occurred.
- the vicinity of the crystal grain boundary means a region from the grain boundary to about 10 nm.
- the average particle diameter is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
- a certain positive electrode active material is the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention showing an O3'type crystal structure when charged at a high voltage is determined by XRD and electron diffraction of the positive electrode charged at a high voltage.
- Neutron beam diffraction, electron spin resonance (ESR), nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), etc. can be used for analysis.
- XRD can analyze the symmetry of transition metals such as cobalt contained in the positive electrode active material with high resolution, compare the height of crystallinity and the orientation of crystals, and analyze the periodic strain and crystallite size of the lattice. It is preferable in that sufficient accuracy can be obtained even if the positive electrode obtained by disassembling the secondary battery is measured as it is.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has a feature that the crystal structure does not change much between the state of being charged with a high voltage and the state of being discharged.
- a material in which a crystal structure having a large change from the discharged state occupies 50 wt% or more in a state of being charged at a high voltage is not preferable because it cannot withstand the charging / discharging of a high voltage.
- the desired crystal structure may not be obtained simply by adding the added element. For example, even if lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine is common, the O3'type crystal structure becomes 60 wt% or more when charged at a high voltage, and the H1-3 type crystal structure becomes 50 wt% or more.
- the O3'type crystal structure becomes approximately 100 wt%, and when the predetermined voltage is further increased, an H1-3 type crystal structure may occur. Therefore, in order to determine whether or not the positive electrode active material 100 is one aspect of the present invention, it is necessary to analyze the crystal structure including XRD.
- the positive electrode active material charged or discharged at a high voltage may change its crystal structure when exposed to the atmosphere.
- the O3'type crystal structure may change to the H1-3 type crystal structure. Therefore, it is preferable to handle all the samples in an inert atmosphere such as an argon atmosphere.
- High-voltage charging for determining whether a composite oxide is the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is, for example, to prepare a coin cell (CR2032 type, diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) with counterpolar lithium. Can be charged.
- the positive electrode a slurry obtained by mixing a positive electrode active material, a conductive agent and a binder, which is applied to a positive electrode current collector of aluminum foil, can be used.
- Lithium metal can be used for the opposite pole.
- a material other than lithium metal is used for the counter electrode, the potential of the secondary battery and the potential of the positive electrode are different. Unless otherwise specified, the voltage and potential in the present specification and the like are the potential of the positive electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- Polypropylene with a thickness of 25 ⁇ m can be used for the separator.
- the positive electrode can and the negative electrode can, those made of stainless steel (SUS) can be used.
- SUS stainless steel
- the coin cell manufactured under the above conditions is charged with a constant current at 4.6 V and 0.5 C, and then charged with a constant voltage until the current value becomes 0.01 C.
- 1C is 137 mA / g.
- the temperature is 25 ° C.
- ⁇ XRD> The ideal powder XRD pattern by CuK ⁇ 1 line calculated from the model of the O3'type crystal structure and the H1-3 type crystal structure is shown in FIGS. 10 and 12.
- the patterns of LiCoO 2 (O3) and CoO 2 (O1) are created by using Reflex Powder Diffraction, which is one of the modules of Material Studio (BIOVIA), from the crystal structure information obtained from ICSD (Inorganic Crystal Structure Diffraction). did.
- the crystal structure is estimated from the XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention, and TOPAS ver. 3 (Crystal structure analysis software manufactured by Bruker) was used for fitting, and an XRD pattern was created in the same manner as the others.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has an O3'type crystal structure when charged at a high voltage, all of the positive electrode active materials 100 do not have to have an O3'type crystal structure. It may contain other crystal structures or may be partially amorphous. However, when the Rietveld analysis is performed on the XRD pattern, the O3'type crystal structure is preferably 50 wt% or more, more preferably 60 wt% or more, and further preferably 66 wt% or more. When the O3'type crystal structure is 50 wt% or more, more preferably 60 wt% or more, still more preferably 66 wt% or more, the positive electrode active material having sufficiently excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the O3'type crystal structure is preferably 35 wt% or more, more preferably 40 wt% or more, and 43 wt% or more when Rietveld analysis is performed. Is more preferable.
- the crystallite size of the O3'-type crystal structure possessed by the particles of the positive electrode active material is reduced to only about 1/10 of that of LiCoO 2 (O3) in the discharged state. Therefore, even under the same XRD measurement conditions as the positive electrode before charging / discharging, a clear peak of the O3'type crystal structure can be confirmed in the high voltage charging state.
- the crystallite size becomes small and the peak becomes broad and small. The crystallite size can be obtained from the half width of the XRD peak.
- the influence of the Jahn-Teller effect is small.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention preferably has a layered rock salt type crystal structure and mainly contains cobalt as a transition metal. Further, in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention, the additive element X described above may be contained in addition to cobalt as long as the influence of the Jahn-Teller effect is small.
- the layered rock salt type contained in the particles of the positive electrode active material in the non-charged state or the discharged state which can be estimated from the XRD pattern.
- the lattice constant of the a-axis is larger than 2.814 ⁇ 10-10 m and smaller than 2.817 ⁇ 10-10 m
- the lattice constant of the c-axis is larger than 14.05 ⁇ 10-10 m14 . It was found that it was preferably smaller than .07 ⁇ 10-10 m.
- the state in which charging / discharging is not performed may be, for example, a state of powder before the positive electrode of the secondary battery is manufactured.
- the value obtained by dividing the a-axis lattice constant by the c-axis lattice constant Is preferably greater than 0.20000 and less than 0.20049.
- 2 ⁇ is 18.50 ° or more and 19.30 ° or less.
- a peak may be observed, and a second peak may be observed when 2 ⁇ is 38.00 ° or more and 38.80 ° or less.
- the peak appearing in the powder XRD pattern reflects the crystal structure of the inside 100b of the positive electrode active material 100, which occupies most of the volume of the positive electrode active material 100.
- the crystal structure of the surface layer portion 100a or the like can be analyzed by electron diffraction or the like of the cross section of the positive electrode active material 100.
- XPS> Since X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) can analyze a region from the surface to a depth of about 2 to 8 nm (usually about 5 nm), the concentration of each element is quantitatively measured in about half of the surface layer portion 100a. Can be analyzed. In addition, narrow scan analysis can be used to analyze the bonding state of elements. The quantification accuracy of XPS is often about ⁇ 1 atomic%, and the lower limit of detection is about 1 atomic% depending on the element.
- the number of atoms of the additive element X is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less the number of atoms of the transition metal, and 1.8 times or more and 4. Less than 0 times is more preferable.
- the additive element X is magnesium and the transition metal M1 is cobalt
- the number of atoms of magnesium is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less the number of atoms of cobalt, and 1.8 times or more and less than 4.0 times. More preferred.
- the number of atoms of halogen such as fluorine is preferably 0.2 times or more and 6.0 times or less, and more preferably 1.2 times or more and 4.0 times or less of the number of atoms of the transition metal.
- monochromatic aluminum can be used as the X-ray source.
- the take-out angle may be, for example, 45 °.
- the peak showing the binding energy between fluorine and other elements is preferably 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV, and more preferably about 684.3 eV. .. This is a value different from both the binding energy of lithium fluoride, 685 eV, and the binding energy of magnesium fluoride, 686 eV. That is, when the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention has fluorine, it is preferably a bond other than lithium fluoride and magnesium fluoride.
- the peak showing the binding energy between magnesium and other elements is preferably 1302 eV or more and less than 1304 eV, and more preferably about 1303 eV. This is a value different from 1305 eV, which is the binding energy of magnesium fluoride, and is close to the binding energy of magnesium oxide. That is, when the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention has magnesium, it is preferably a bond other than magnesium fluoride.
- Additive elements X such as magnesium and aluminum, which are preferably present in large amounts on the surface layer portion 100a, have concentrations measured by XPS or the like, such as ICP-MS (inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry) or GD-MS (glow discharge mass spectrometry). ) Etc., preferably higher than the concentration measured.
- the concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is higher than the concentration of the internal 100b. Processing can be performed by, for example, FIB.
- the atomic number of magnesium is preferably 0.4 times or more and 1.5 times or less the atomic number of cobalt.
- the ratio Mg / Co of the number of atoms of magnesium as analyzed by ICP-MS is preferably 0.001 or more and 0.06 or less.
- nickel contained in the transition metal is not unevenly distributed on the surface layer portion 100a but is distributed throughout the positive electrode active material 100. However, this does not apply when there is a region where the excess additive element X described above is unevenly distributed.
- the positive electrode active material 100 preferably has a smooth surface and few irregularities.
- the fact that the surface is smooth and has few irregularities is one factor indicating that the distribution of the additive element X in the surface layer portion 100a is good.
- charging / discharging at a high voltage is performed. It is particularly preferable as the positive electrode active material 100 because the repeatability is remarkably excellent.
- the stability on the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 may be improved and the generation of pits may be suppressed.
- the smooth surface and less unevenness can be judged from, for example, a cross-sectional SEM image or a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material 100, a specific surface area of the positive electrode active material 100, and the like.
- the smoothness of the surface can be quantified from the cross-sectional SEM image of the positive electrode active material 100 as shown below.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is processed by FIB or the like to expose the cross section. At this time, it is preferable to cover the positive electrode active material 100 with a protective film, a protective agent, or the like.
- a protective film, a protective agent, or the like is photographed.
- interface extraction is performed with image processing software. Further, the interface line between the protective film or the like and the positive electrode active material 100 is selected with a magic hand tool or the like, and the data is extracted by spreadsheet software or the like.
- this surface roughness is the surface roughness of the positive electrode active material at least at 400 nm around the outer periphery of the particles.
- the root mean square (RMS) surface roughness which is an index of roughness, is 10 nm or less, less than 3 nm, preferably less than 1 nm, and more preferably less than 0.5 nm squared. It is preferably the root mean square (RMS) surface roughness.
- the image processing software that performs noise processing, interface extraction, etc. is not particularly limited, but for example, "ImageJ" can be used.
- the spreadsheet software and the like are not particularly limited, but for example, Microsoft Office Excel can be used.
- the smoothness of the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 can be quantified from the ratio of the actual specific surface area AR measured by the gas adsorption method by the constant volume method to the ideal specific surface area Ai. can.
- the ideal specific surface area Ai is calculated assuming that all particles have the same diameter as D50, the same weight, and the shape is an ideal sphere.
- the median diameter D50 can be measured by a particle size distribution meter or the like using a laser diffraction / scattering method.
- the specific surface area can be measured by, for example, a specific surface area measuring device using a gas adsorption method based on a constant volume method.
- the ratio AR / A i of the ideal specific surface area Ai obtained from the median diameter D50 and the actual specific surface area AR is 2 or less.
- Step S11 a lithium source (Li source) and a transition metal source (M1 source) are prepared as materials for lithium as a starting material and a transition metal, respectively.
- Li source Li source
- M1 source transition metal source
- the lithium source it is preferable to use a compound having lithium, and for example, lithium carbonate, lithium hydroxide, lithium nitrate, lithium fluoride or the like can be used.
- the lithium source preferably has a high purity, and for example, a material having a purity of 99.99% or more is preferable.
- the transition metal M1 can be selected from the elements listed in Groups 4 to 13 shown in the periodic table, and for example, at least one or more of manganese, cobalt, and nickel are used.
- cobalt when only cobalt is used as the transition metal, when only nickel is used, when two types of cobalt and manganese are used, when two types of cobalt and nickel are used, or when three types of cobalt, manganese, and nickel are used. be.
- the obtained positive electrode active material has lithium cobalt oxide (LCO), and when three types of cobalt, manganese, and nickel are used, the obtained positive positive active material is nickel-cobalt-lithium manganate (NCM). ).
- the transition metal M1 source it is preferable to use a compound having the transition metal, and for example, an oxide of the metal exemplified as the transition metal, a hydroxide of the exemplified metal, or the like can be used. If it is a cobalt source, cobalt oxide, cobalt hydroxide and the like can be used. If it is a manganese source, manganese oxide, manganese hydroxide or the like can be used. If it is a nickel source, nickel oxide, nickel hydroxide or the like can be used. If it is an aluminum source, aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide and the like can be used.
- the transition metal M1 source preferably has a high purity, for example, a purity of 3N (99.9%) or higher, preferably 4N (99.99%) or higher, more preferably 4N5 (99.995%) or higher, still more preferably 5N. It is advisable to use a material of (99.999%) or more.
- a high-purity material impurities in the positive electrode active material can be controlled. As a result, the capacity of the secondary battery is increased and / or the reliability of the secondary battery is improved.
- the transition metal M1 source has high crystallinity, and for example, it is preferable to have single crystal grains.
- the evaluation of the crystallinity of the transition metal source includes a TEM (transmission electron microscope) image, a STEM (scanning transmission electron microscope) image, a HAADF-STEM (high-angle scattering annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscope) image, and an ABF-STEM (circular light electron microscope) image. There is a judgment based on a field scanning transmission electron microscope) image or the like, or a judgment such as X-ray diffraction (XRD), electron diffraction, neutron beam diffraction, or the like.
- XRD X-ray diffraction
- the above method for evaluating crystallinity can be applied not only to transition metal sources but also to other evaluations of crystallinity.
- transition metal M1 sources When two or more transition metal sources are used, it is preferable to prepare them at a ratio (mixing ratio) so that the two or more transition metal M1 sources can have a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- Step S12 the lithium source and the transition metal M1 source are pulverized and mixed to prepare a mixed material. Grinding and mixing can be done dry or wet. Wet type is preferable because it can be crushed to a smaller size. If wet, prepare a solvent.
- a ketone such as acetone, an alcohol such as ethanol and isopropanol, ether, dioxane, acetonitrile, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) and the like can be used. It is more preferable to use an aprotic solvent that does not easily react with lithium. In this embodiment, dehydrated acetone having a purity of 99.5% or more is used.
- a lithium source and a transition metal source with dehydrated acetone having a water content of 10 ppm or less and a purity of 99.5% or more, and pulverize and mix the mixture.
- dehydrated acetone having the above-mentioned purity impurities that can be mixed can be reduced.
- a ball mill, a bead mill, or the like can be used as a means for mixing or the like.
- alumina balls or zirconia balls may be used as the pulverizing medium. Zirconia balls are preferable because they emit less impurities.
- the peripheral speed may be 100 mm / s or more and 2000 mm / s or less in order to suppress contamination from the media. In this embodiment, the peripheral speed is 838 mm / s (rotation speed 400 rpm, ball mill diameter 40 mm).
- Step S13 the mixed material is heated.
- the heating is preferably performed at 800 ° C. or higher and 1100 ° C. or lower, more preferably 900 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower, and further preferably about 950 ° C.
- the temperature is too low, the decomposition and melting of the lithium source and the transition metal source may be insufficient.
- the temperature is too high, defects may occur due to the evaporation of lithium from the lithium source and / or the excessive reduction of the metal used as the transition metal source.
- the defect for example, when cobalt is used as a transition metal, when it is excessively reduced, cobalt changes from trivalent to divalent and may induce oxygen defects and the like.
- the heating time is preferably 1 hour or more and 100 hours or less, and preferably 2 hours or more and 20 hours or less.
- the temperature rise rate depends on the reached temperature of the heating temperature, but is preferably 80 ° C./h or more and 250 ° C./h or less. For example, when heating at 1000 ° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rise may be 200 ° C./h.
- the heating is preferably performed in an atmosphere such as dry air with little water, and for example, an atmosphere having a dew point of ⁇ 50 ° C. or lower, more preferably a dew point of ⁇ 80 ° C. or lower is preferable.
- heating is performed in an atmosphere with a dew point of ⁇ 93 ° C.
- the concentration of impurities such as CH 4 , CO, CO 2 and H 2 in the heating atmosphere should be 5 ppb (parts per bilion) or less, respectively.
- the atmosphere with oxygen is preferable as the heating atmosphere.
- the heating atmosphere there is a method of continuously introducing dry air into the reaction chamber.
- the flow rate of the dry air is preferably 10 L / min.
- the method in which oxygen is continuously introduced into the reaction chamber and oxygen flows through the reaction chamber is called a flow.
- the heating atmosphere is an atmosphere with oxygen
- a method that does not allow flow may be used.
- a method of depressurizing the reaction chamber and then filling it with oxygen to prevent the oxygen from entering and exiting the reaction chamber may be used, which is called purging.
- the reaction chamber may be depressurized to ⁇ 970 hPa and then filled with oxygen to 50 hPa.
- Cooling after heating may be natural cooling, but it is preferable that the temperature lowering time from the specified temperature to room temperature is within 10 hours or more and 50 hours or less. However, cooling to room temperature is not always required, and cooling to a temperature allowed by the next step may be sufficient.
- the heating in this step may be performed by heating with a rotary kiln or a roller herskill.
- the heating by the rotary kiln can be heated with stirring in either the continuous type or the batch type.
- the crucible used for heating is preferably an alumina crucible.
- Alumina crucible is a material that does not easily release impurities.
- an alumina crucible having a purity of 99.9% is used. It is preferable to place a lid on the crucible and heat it. It is possible to prevent the material from volatilizing.
- Alumina mortar is a material that does not easily release impurities. Specifically, an alumina mortar having a purity of 90% or more, preferably 99% or more is used. The same heating conditions as in step S13 can be applied to the heating steps described later other than step S13.
- a composite oxide (LiM1O 2 ) having a transition metal can be obtained in step S14 shown in FIG. 15A.
- cobalt is used as the transition metal, it is referred to as a composite oxide having cobalt and is represented by LiCoO 2 .
- the composite oxide may be produced by the coprecipitation method. Further, the composite oxide may be produced by a hydrothermal method.
- step S15 shown in FIG. 15A the composite oxide is heated.
- the heating in step S15 may be referred to as initial heating for the initial heating of the composite oxide.
- the surface of the composite oxide becomes smooth. Smooth surface means that there are few irregularities, the composite oxide is rounded as a whole, and the corners are rounded. Further, a state in which there is little foreign matter adhering to the surface is called smooth. Foreign matter is considered to be a cause of unevenness, and it is preferable that foreign matter does not adhere to the surface.
- the initial heating is to heat after the finished state as a composite oxide, and the present inventors have found that deterioration after charging and discharging can be reduced by performing the initial heating for the purpose of smoothing the surface. rice field. Initial heating to smooth the surface does not require the preparation of a lithium compound source.
- the initial heating is to heat before step S20 shown below, and may be called preheating or pretreatment.
- Impurities may be mixed in the lithium source and transition metal source prepared in step S11 or the like. It is possible by initial heating to reduce impurities from the composite oxide completed in step 14.
- the heating conditions in this step may be such that the surface of the composite oxide is smooth.
- it can be carried out by selecting from the heating conditions described in step S13.
- the heating temperature in this step may be lower than the temperature in step S13 in order to maintain the crystal structure of the composite oxide.
- the heating time in this step is preferably shorter than the time in step S13 in order to maintain the crystal structure of the composite oxide. For example, it is advisable to heat at a temperature of 700 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower for 2 hours or longer.
- the above composite oxide may have a temperature difference between the surface and the inside of the composite oxide due to the heating in step S13.
- a shrinkage difference may be induced.
- the energy associated with the shrinkage difference gives the composite oxide a difference in internal stress.
- the difference in internal stress is also called strain, and the energy is sometimes called strain energy.
- the strain energy is homogenized by the initial heating in step S15.
- the strain of the composite oxide is relaxed. Therefore, the surface of the composite oxide may become smooth after passing through step S15. Also referred to as an improved surface.
- the shrinkage difference generated in the composite oxide is alleviated after the step S15, and the surface of the composite oxide becomes smooth.
- the shrinkage difference may cause micro-shifts in the composite oxide, for example, crystal shifts.
- the surface of the composite oxide can be smooth. It is also referred to as the alignment of crystal grains. In other words, it is considered that after step S15, the displacement of crystals and the like generated in the composite oxide is alleviated, and the surface of the composite oxide becomes smooth.
- the smooth surface of the composite oxide has a surface roughness of 10 nm or less when the surface unevenness information is quantified from the measurement data in one cross section of the composite oxide.
- One cross section is a cross section obtained when observing with, for example, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM).
- step S14 a composite oxide having lithium, a transition metal, and oxygen previously synthesized may be used. In this case, steps S11 to S13 can be omitted.
- step S15 By carrying out step S15 on the composite oxide synthesized in advance, a composite oxide having a smooth surface can be obtained.
- the lithium of the composite oxide may decrease due to the initial heating. There is a possibility that it becomes easier to enter the composite oxide due to the lithium added element described in the next step S20 or the like.
- the additive element X may be added to the composite oxide having a smooth surface as long as it can have a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- the additive element X can be added evenly. Therefore, the order in which the additive elements are added after the initial heating is preferable. The step of adding the additive element will be described with reference to FIGS. 15B and 15C.
- step S21 shown in FIG. 15B an additive element source to be added to the composite oxide is prepared.
- a lithium source may be prepared in combination with the additive element source.
- Additive elements include nickel, cobalt, magnesium, calcium, chlorine, fluorine, aluminum, manganese, titanium, zirconium, yttrium, vanadium, iron, chromium, niobium, lanthanum, hafnium, zinc, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus, boron, and One or more selected from arsenic can be used. Further, as the additive element, one or more selected from bromine and beryllium can be used. However, since bromine and beryllium are elements that are toxic to living organisms, it is preferable to use the additive elements described above.
- the additive element source can be called a magnesium source.
- magnesium source magnesium fluoride, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate and the like can be used. Further, a plurality of the above-mentioned magnesium sources may be used.
- the additive element source can be called a fluorine source.
- the fluorine source include lithium fluoride (LiF), magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ), aluminum fluoride (AlF 3 ), titanium fluoride (TiF 4 ), cobalt fluoride (CoF 2 , CoF 3 ), and fluorine.
- lithium fluoride is preferable because it has a relatively low melting point of 848 ° C. and is easily melted in the heating step described later.
- Magnesium fluoride can be used both as a fluorine source and as a magnesium source. Lithium fluoride can also be used as a lithium source. Another lithium source used in step S21 is lithium carbonate.
- the fluorine source may be a gas, and fluorine (F 2 ), carbon fluoride, sulfur fluoride, oxygen fluoride (OF 2 , O 2 F 2 , O 3 F 2 , O 4 F 2 , O 2 F), etc. May be mixed in the atmosphere in the heating step described later. Further, a plurality of the above-mentioned fluorine sources may be used.
- lithium fluoride (LiF) is prepared as a fluorine source
- magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ) is prepared as a fluorine source and a magnesium source.
- LiF lithium fluoride
- MgF 2 magnesium fluoride
- step S22 shown in FIG. 15B the magnesium source and the fluorine source are pulverized and mixed. This step can be carried out by selecting from the pulverization and mixing conditions described in step S12.
- a heating step may be performed after step S22.
- the heating step can be carried out by selecting from the heating conditions described in step S13.
- the heating time is preferably 2 hours or more, and the heating temperature is preferably 800 ° C. or higher and 1100 ° C. or lower.
- step S23 shown in FIG. 15B the material pulverized and mixed above can be recovered to obtain an added element source (X source).
- the additive element source shown in step S23 has a plurality of starting materials and can be called a mixture.
- the particle size of the mixture is preferably 10 nm or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 100 nm or more and 5 ⁇ m or less in D50 (median diameter). Even when a kind of material is used as an additive element source, the D50 (median diameter) is preferably 10 nm or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 100 nm or more and 5 ⁇ m or less.
- the mixture when the mixture is mixed with the composite oxide in a later step, the mixture is uniformly adhered to the surface of the particles of the composite oxide.
- Cheap It is preferable that the mixture is uniformly adhered to the surface of the composite oxide because it is easy to uniformly distribute or diffuse fluorine and magnesium on the surface layer portion of the composite oxide after heating.
- the region where fluorine and magnesium are distributed can also be called a surface layer portion. If there is a region on the surface layer that does not contain fluorine and magnesium, it may be difficult to form the O3'type crystal structure described later in the charged state.
- fluorine fluorine may be chlorine and can be read as halogen as it contains these.
- Step S21 A process different from FIG. 15B will be described with reference to FIG. 15C.
- step S21 shown in FIG. 15C four types of additive element sources to be added to the composite oxide are prepared. That is, FIG. 15C is different from FIG. 15B in the type of additive element source.
- a lithium source may be prepared in combination with the additive element source.
- magnesium source Mg source
- fluorine source F source
- Ni source nickel source
- Al source aluminum source
- the magnesium source and the fluorine source can be selected from the compounds described in FIG. 15B and the like.
- nickel source nickel oxide, nickel hydroxide or the like
- aluminum source aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or the like can be used.
- steps S22 and S23 shown in FIG. 15C are the same as the steps described in FIG. 15B.
- step S31 shown in FIG. 15A the composite oxide and the additive element source (X source) are mixed.
- the mixing in step S31 is under milder conditions than the mixing in step S12 so as not to destroy the particles of the composite oxide.
- the rotation speed is lower or the time is shorter than the mixing in step S12.
- the dry type is a milder condition than the wet type.
- a ball mill, a bead mill or the like can be used for mixing.
- zirconia balls it is preferable to use, for example, zirconia balls as a medium.
- a ball mill using zirconia balls having a diameter of 1 mm is used for mixing at 150 rpm for 1 hour in a dry manner.
- the mixing is performed in a dry room having a dew point of ⁇ 100 ° C. or higher and ⁇ 10 ° C. or lower.
- step S32 of FIG. 15A the material mixed above is recovered to obtain a mixture 903.
- sieving may be carried out after crushing.
- a method of adding lithium fluoride as a fluorine source and magnesium fluoride as a magnesium source to the composite oxide that has undergone initial heating will be described.
- the present invention is not limited to the above method.
- a magnesium source, a fluorine source, or the like can be added to the lithium source and the transition metal source at the stage of step S11, that is, at the stage of the starting material of the composite oxide. After that, it can be heated in step S13 to obtain LiM1O 2 to which magnesium and fluorine have been added. In this case, it is not necessary to separate the steps of steps S11 to S14 and the steps of steps S21 to S23. It can be said that this is a simple and highly productive method.
- lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine have been added in advance may be used. If lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine are added is used, the steps of steps S11 to S32 and step S20 can be omitted. It can be said that this is a simple and highly productive method.
- a magnesium source and a fluorine source or a magnesium source, a fluorine source, a nickel source, and an aluminum source may be further added to lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine have been added in advance according to step S20.
- step S33 shown in FIG. 15A the mixture 903 is heated. It can be carried out by selecting from the heating conditions described in step S13.
- the heating time is preferably 2 hours or more.
- the heating temperature is supplemented.
- the lower limit of the heating temperature in step S33 needs to be equal to or higher than the temperature at which the reaction between the composite oxide (LiM1O 2 ) and the added element source proceeds.
- the temperature at which the reaction proceeds may be any temperature as long as the mutual diffusion of the elements contained in LiM1O 2 and the additive element source occurs, and may be lower than the melting temperature of these materials.
- an oxide will be described as an example, it is known that solid phase diffusion occurs from 0.757 times the melting temperature T m (Tanman temperature T d ). Therefore, the heating temperature in step S33 may be 500 ° C. or higher.
- the reaction is more likely to proceed.
- the co-melting point of LiF and MgF 2 is around 742 ° C., so that the lower limit of the heating temperature in step S33 is preferably 742 ° C. or higher.
- the upper limit of the heating temperature is less than the decomposition temperature of LiM1O 2 (the decomposition temperature of LiCoO 2 is 1130 ° C.). At a temperature near the decomposition temperature, there is concern about the decomposition of LiM1O 2 , although the amount is small. Therefore, it is more preferably 1000 ° C. or lower, further preferably 950 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 900 ° C. or lower.
- the heating temperature in step S33 is preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 1130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower, further preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 900 ° C. or lower. preferable.
- 742 ° C. or higher and 1130 ° C. or lower are preferable, 742 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower are more preferable, 742 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower are further preferable, and 742 ° C. or higher and 900 ° C. or lower are further preferable.
- the heating temperature in step S33 is preferably higher than that in step 13.
- some materials for example, LiF, which is a fluorine source, may function as a flux.
- the heating temperature can be lowered to less than the decomposition temperature of the composite oxide (LiM1O 2 ), for example, 742 ° C or higher and 950 ° C or lower.
- Additive elements such as magnesium are distributed on the surface layer, and the positive electrode has good characteristics. Active material can be produced.
- LiF has a lighter specific gravity in a gaseous state than oxygen
- LiF is not used as the fluorine source or the like
- Li on the surface of LiM1O 2 may react with F of the fluorine source to generate LiF and volatilize. Therefore, even if a fluoride having a melting point higher than that of LiF is used, it is necessary to suppress volatilization in the same manner.
- the mixture 903 in an atmosphere containing LiF, that is, to heat the mixture 903 in a state where the partial pressure of LiF in the heating furnace is high. By such heating, the volatilization of LiF in the mixture 903 can be suppressed.
- the mixture 903 it is preferable to heat the mixture 903 so that the particles of the mixture 903 do not stick to each other.
- the contact area with oxygen in the atmosphere is reduced, and the additive element (for example, fluorine) is blocked from the diffusion path, so that the additive element (for example, magnesium and) is added to the surface layer portion.
- the distribution of fluorine may deteriorate.
- the additive element for example, fluorine
- a positive electrode active material that is smooth and has few irregularities can be obtained. Therefore, in order to maintain the smooth surface or make the surface smoother after the heating in step S15 in this step, it is better that the particles do not stick to each other.
- the mixture 903 can be heated in an atmosphere containing LiF, for example, by arranging a lid on a container containing the mixture 903.
- the heating time varies depending on conditions such as the heating temperature, the size of the particles of LiM1O 2 in step S14, and the composition. Smaller particles may be more preferred at lower temperatures or shorter times than larger particles.
- the heating temperature is preferably, for example, 600 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower.
- the heating time is, for example, preferably 3 hours or more, more preferably 10 hours or more, still more preferably 60 hours or more.
- the temperature lowering time after heating is preferably, for example, 10 hours or more and 50 hours or less.
- the heating temperature is preferably 600 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, for example.
- the heating time is, for example, preferably 1 hour or more and 10 hours or less, and more preferably about 2 hours.
- the temperature lowering time after heating is preferably, for example, 10 hours or more and 50 hours or less.
- step S34 shown in FIG. 15A the heated material is recovered and crushed as necessary to obtain a positive electrode active material 100. At this time, it is preferable to further sift the recovered particles.
- one form of the positive electrode active material 100 of the present invention can be produced.
- the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention has a smooth surface.
- steps S11 to S15 are performed in the same manner as in FIG. 15A to prepare a composite oxide (LiM1O 2 ) having a smooth surface.
- the additive element X may be added to the composite oxide as long as the layered rock salt type crystal structure can be obtained.
- the additive element is added in two or more steps. Will be described with reference to FIG. 17A.
- the first additive element source is prepared.
- the first additive element source it can be selected and used from the additive element X described in step S21 shown in FIG. 15B.
- the additive element X1 any one or a plurality selected from magnesium, fluorine, and calcium can be preferably used.
- FIG. 17A illustrates a case where a magnesium source (Mg source) and a fluorine source (F source) are used as the additive element X1.
- Steps S21 to S23 shown in FIG. 17A can be performed under the same conditions as steps S21 to S23 shown in FIG. 15B.
- an additive element source X1 source
- steps S31 to S33 shown in FIG. 16 can be performed in the same process as steps S31 to S33 shown in FIG. 15A.
- Step S34a> the material heated in step S33 is recovered to prepare a composite oxide having the additive element X1. It is also called a second composite oxide to distinguish it from the composite oxide of step S14.
- step S40 In step S40 shown in FIG. 16, the second additive element source is added. It will be described with reference to FIGS. 17B and 17C.
- a second additive element source is prepared.
- the second additive element source it can be selected and used from the additive element X described in step S21 shown in FIG. 15B.
- the additive element X2 any one or a plurality selected from nickel, titanium, boron, zirconium, and aluminum can be preferably used.
- FIG. 17B illustrates a case where nickel and aluminum are used as the additive element X2.
- Steps S41 to S43 shown in FIG. 17B can be performed under the same conditions as steps S21 to S23 shown in FIG. 15B.
- an additive element source X2 source
- FIG. 17C shows a modified example of the step described with reference to FIG. 17B.
- step S41 shown in FIG. 17C a nickel source (Ni source) and an aluminum source (Al source) are prepared, and in step S42a, they are pulverized independently.
- step S43 a plurality of second additive element sources (X2 sources) are prepared.
- the step of FIG. 17C is different from that of FIG. 17B in that the additive element is independently pulverized in step S42a.
- steps S51 to S53 shown in FIG. 16 can be performed under the same conditions as steps S31 to S33 shown in FIG. 15A.
- the conditions of step S53 relating to the heating step may be lower than that of step S33 and may be shorter.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one embodiment of the present invention can be produced.
- the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention has a smooth surface.
- the additive element to the composite oxide is separately introduced into the first additive element X1 and the second additive element X2.
- the profile of each additive element in the depth direction can be changed. For example, it is also possible to profile the first additive element so that the concentration is higher in the surface layer portion than in the inside, and the second additive element is profiled so as to have a higher concentration inside than in the surface layer portion. ..
- a positive electrode active material having a smooth surface can be obtained.
- the initial heating shown in this embodiment is carried out on the composite oxide. Therefore, it is preferable that the initial heating is lower than the heating temperature for obtaining the composite oxide and shorter than the heating time for obtaining the composite oxide.
- the addition step can be divided into two or more times. It is preferable to follow such a step order because the smoothness of the surface obtained by the initial heating is maintained.
- the composite oxide has cobalt as a transition metal, it can be read as a composite oxide having cobalt.
- This embodiment can be used in combination with other embodiments.
- FIG. 18A is an exploded perspective view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery
- FIG. 18B is an external view
- FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view thereof.
- Coin-type secondary batteries are mainly used in small electronic devices.
- the coin type battery includes a button type battery.
- FIG. 18A is a schematic diagram so that the overlap (vertical relationship and positional relationship) of the members can be understood for easy understanding. Therefore, FIGS. 18A and 18B do not have a completely matching correspondence diagram.
- the positive electrode 304, the separator 310, the negative electrode 307, the spacer 322, and the washer 312 are overlapped. These are sealed with a negative electrode can 302 and a positive electrode can 301.
- the gasket for sealing is not shown.
- the spacer 322 and the washer 312 are used to protect the inside or fix the position inside the can when crimping the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302. Stainless steel or insulating material is used for the spacer 322 and the washer 312.
- the positive electrode 304 is a laminated structure in which the positive electrode active material layer 306 is formed on the positive electrode current collector 305.
- the separator 310 and the ring-shaped insulator 313 are arranged so as to cover the side surface and the upper surface of the positive electrode 304, respectively.
- the separator 310 has a wider plane area than the positive electrode 304.
- FIG. 18B is a perspective view of the completed coin-shaped secondary battery.
- the positive electrode can 301 that also serves as the positive electrode terminal and the negative electrode can 302 that also serves as the negative electrode terminal are insulated and sealed with a gasket 303 that is made of polypropylene or the like.
- the positive electrode 304 is formed by a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305.
- the negative electrode 307 is formed by a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308.
- the negative electrode 307 is not limited to the laminated structure, and a lithium metal foil or an alloy foil of lithium and aluminum may be used.
- the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used in the coin-type secondary battery 300 may each have an active material layer formed on only one side.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 a metal such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium having corrosion resistance to an electrolyte, or an alloy thereof, and an alloy between these and another metal (for example, stainless steel, etc.) may be used. can. Further, in order to prevent corrosion due to an electrolyte or the like, it is preferable to coat with nickel, aluminum or the like.
- the positive electrode can 301 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 304
- the negative electrode can 302 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 307.
- the negative electrode 307, the positive electrode 304, and the separator 310 are immersed in an electrolytic solution, and as shown in FIG. 18C, the positive electrode 304, the separator 310, the negative electrode 307, and the negative electrode can 302 are laminated in this order with the positive electrode can 301 facing down, and the positive electrode can A coin-shaped secondary battery 300 is manufactured by crimping the 301 and the negative electrode can 302 via the gasket 303.
- the separator 310 may not be required.
- the cylindrical secondary battery 616 has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the upper surface and a battery can (exterior can) 602 on the side surface and the bottom surface.
- the positive electrode cap 601 and the battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
- FIG. 19B is a diagram schematically showing a cross section of a cylindrical secondary battery.
- the cylindrical secondary battery shown in FIG. 19B has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the upper surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side surface and the bottom surface.
- These positive electrode caps and the battery can (exterior can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
- a battery element in which a strip-shaped positive electrode 604 and a negative electrode 606 are wound with a separator 605 sandwiched between them is provided inside the hollow cylindrical battery can 602.
- the battery element is wound around a central axis.
- One end of the battery can 602 is closed and the other end is open.
- a metal such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, which is corrosion resistant to an electrolytic solution, or an alloy thereof, and an alloy between these and another metal (for example, stainless steel, etc.) may be used. can.
- the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is sandwiched between a pair of insulating plates 608 and 609 facing each other. Further, a non-aqueous electrolytic solution (not shown) is injected into the inside of the battery can 602 provided with the battery element.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte solution the same one as that of a coin-type secondary battery can be used.
- the secondary battery 616 in which the height of the cylinder is larger than the diameter of the cylinder is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- a secondary battery in which the diameter of the cylinder is larger than the height of the cylinder may be used. With such a configuration, for example, the size of the secondary battery can be reduced.
- a cylindrical secondary battery 616 having a high capacity, a high charge / discharge capacity, and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. Can be done.
- a positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606.
- a metal material such as aluminum can be used for both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607.
- the positive electrode terminal 603 is resistance welded to the safety valve mechanism 613, and the negative electrode terminal 607 is resistance welded to the bottom of the battery can 602.
- the safety valve mechanism 613 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 via a PTC element (Positive Temperature Coefficient) 611. The safety valve mechanism 613 disconnects the electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the increase in the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value.
- the PTC element 611 is a heat-sensitive resistance element whose resistance increases when the temperature rises, and the amount of current is limited by the increase in resistance to prevent abnormal heat generation.
- Barium titanate (BaTIO 3 ) -based semiconductor ceramics or the like can be used as the PTC element.
- FIG. 19C shows an example of the power storage system 615.
- the power storage system 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616.
- the positive electrode of each secondary battery is in contact with the conductor 624 separated by the insulator 625 and is electrically connected.
- the conductor 624 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via the wiring 623.
- the negative electrode of each secondary battery is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via the wiring 626.
- As the control circuit 620 a protection circuit or the like for preventing overcharging or overdischarging can be applied.
- FIG. 19D shows an example of the power storage system 615.
- the power storage system 615 has a plurality of secondary batteries 616, and the plurality of secondary batteries 616 are sandwiched between the conductive plate 628 and the conductive plate 614.
- the plurality of secondary batteries 616 are electrically connected to the conductive plate 628 and the conductive plate 614 by wiring 627.
- the plurality of secondary batteries 616 may be connected in parallel or may be connected in series.
- a plurality of secondary batteries 616 may be connected in parallel and then connected in series.
- a temperature control device may be provided between the plurality of secondary batteries 616.
- the secondary battery 616 When the secondary battery 616 is overheated, it can be cooled by the temperature control device, and when the secondary battery 616 is too cold, it can be heated by the temperature control device. Therefore, the performance of the power storage system 615 is less likely to be affected by the outside air temperature.
- the power storage system 615 is electrically connected to the control circuit 620 via the wiring 621 and the wiring 622.
- the wiring 621 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 628
- the wiring 622 is electrically connected to the negative electrode of the plurality of secondary batteries 616 via the conductive plate 614.
- the secondary battery 913 shown in FIG. 20A has a winding body 950 provided with terminals 951 and terminals 952 inside the housing 930.
- the winding body 950 is immersed in the electrolytic solution inside the housing 930.
- the terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930, and the terminal 951 is not in contact with the housing 930 by using an insulating material or the like.
- the housing 930 is shown separately for convenience, but in reality, the winding body 950 is covered with the housing 930, and the terminals 951 and 952 extend outside the housing 930. It exists.
- a metal material for example, aluminum or the like
- a resin material can be used as the housing 930.
- the housing 930 shown in FIG. 20A may be formed of a plurality of materials.
- the housing 930a and the housing 930b are bonded to each other, and the winding body 950 is provided in the region surrounded by the housing 930a and the housing 930b.
- an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used.
- a material such as an organic resin on the surface on which the antenna is formed it is possible to suppress the shielding of the electric field by the secondary battery 913. If the electric field shielding by the housing 930a is small, an antenna may be provided inside the housing 930a.
- a metal material can be used as the housing 930b.
- the wound body 950 has a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933.
- the wound body 950 is a wound body in which the negative electrode 931 and the positive electrode 932 are overlapped and laminated with the separator 933 interposed therebetween, and the laminated sheet is wound.
- a plurality of layers of the negative electrode 931, the positive electrode 932, and the separator 933 may be further laminated.
- a secondary battery 913 having a winding body 950a as shown in FIGS. 21A to 21C may be used.
- the winding body 950a shown in FIG. 21A has a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933.
- the negative electrode 931 has a negative electrode active material layer 931a.
- the positive electrode 932 has a positive electrode active material layer 932a.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment for the positive electrode 932, it is possible to obtain a secondary battery 913 having a high capacity, a high charge / discharge capacity, and excellent cycle characteristics.
- the separator 933 has a wider width than the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a, and is wound so as to overlap the negative electrode active material layer 931a and the positive electrode active material layer 932a. Further, it is preferable that the width of the negative electrode active material layer 931a is wider than that of the positive electrode active material layer 932a in terms of safety. Further, the wound body 950a having such a shape is preferable in terms of safety and productivity.
- the negative electrode 931 is electrically connected to the terminal 951.
- the terminal 951 is electrically connected to the terminal 911a.
- the positive electrode 932 is electrically connected to the terminal 952.
- the terminal 952 is electrically connected to the terminal 911b.
- the winding body 950a and the electrolytic solution are covered with the housing 930 to form the secondary battery 913.
- the housing 930 is provided with a safety valve, an overcurrent protection element, or the like.
- the safety valve is a valve that opens the inside of the housing 930 at a predetermined internal pressure in order to prevent the battery from exploding.
- the secondary battery 913 may have a plurality of winding bodies 950a. By using a plurality of winding bodies 950a, it is possible to obtain a secondary battery 913 having a larger charge / discharge capacity.
- Other elements of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B can take into account the description of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 20A to 20C.
- FIGS. 22A and 22B an example of an external view of a laminated secondary battery is shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B.
- 22A and 22B have a positive electrode 503, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, an exterior body 509, a positive electrode lead electrode 510, and a negative electrode lead electrode 511.
- FIG. 23A shows an external view of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506.
- the positive electrode 503 has a positive electrode current collector 501, and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on the surface of the positive electrode current collector 501. Further, the positive electrode 503 has a region (hereinafter referred to as a tab region) in which the positive electrode current collector 501 is partially exposed.
- the negative electrode 506 has a negative electrode current collector 504, and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on the surface of the negative electrode current collector 504. Further, the negative electrode 506 has a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partially exposed, that is, a tab region.
- the area and shape of the tab region of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 23A.
- FIG. 23B shows the negative electrode 506, the separator 507, and the positive electrode 503 laminated.
- an example in which 5 sets of negative electrodes and 4 sets of positive electrodes are used is shown. It can also be called a laminate consisting of a negative electrode, a separator, and a positive electrode.
- the tab regions of the positive electrode 503 are joined to each other, and the positive electrode lead electrode 510 is joined to the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface.
- ultrasonic welding may be used.
- the tab regions of the negative electrode 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative electrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface.
- the negative electrode 506, the separator 507, and the positive electrode 503 are arranged on the exterior body 509.
- the exterior body 509 is bent at the portion shown by the broken line. After that, the outer peripheral portion of the exterior body 509 is joined. For example, thermocompression bonding may be used for joining. At this time, a region (hereinafter referred to as an introduction port) that is not joined to a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is provided so that the electrolytic solution can be put in later.
- an introduction port a region that is not joined to a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is provided so that the electrolytic solution can be put in later.
- the electrolytic solution is introduced into the exterior body 509 from the introduction port provided in the exterior body 509.
- the electrolytic solution is preferably introduced under a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere.
- the inlet is joined. In this way, the laminated type secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment for the positive electrode 503, it is possible to obtain a secondary battery 500 having a high capacity, a high charge / discharge capacity, and excellent cycle characteristics.
- Example of battery pack An example of a secondary battery pack according to an aspect of the present invention capable of wireless charging using an antenna will be described with reference to FIGS. 24A to 24C.
- FIG. 24A is a diagram showing the appearance of the secondary battery pack 531 and is a thin rectangular parallelepiped shape (also referred to as a thick flat plate shape).
- FIG. 24B is a diagram illustrating the configuration of the secondary battery pack 531.
- the secondary battery pack 531 has a circuit board 540 and a secondary battery 513.
- a label 529 is affixed to the secondary battery 513.
- the circuit board 540 is fixed by the seal 515.
- the secondary battery pack 531 has an antenna 517.
- the inside of the secondary battery 513 may have a structure having a wound body or a structure having a laminated body.
- the secondary battery pack 531 has a control circuit 590 on the circuit board 540, for example, as shown in FIG. 24B. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the terminal 514. Further, the circuit board 540 is electrically connected to the antenna 517, one 551 of the positive electrode lead and the negative electrode lead of the secondary battery 513, and the other 552 of the positive electrode lead and the negative electrode lead.
- circuit system 590a provided on the circuit board 540 and a circuit system 590b electrically connected to the circuit board 540 via the terminal 514.
- the antenna 517 is not limited to a coil shape, and may be, for example, a linear shape or a plate shape. Further, antennas such as a planar antenna, an open surface antenna, a traveling wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic field antenna, and a dielectric antenna may be used. Alternatively, the antenna 517 may be a flat conductor. This flat plate-shaped conductor can function as one of the conductors for electric field coupling. That is, the antenna 517 may function as one of the two conductors of the capacitor. This makes it possible to exchange electric power not only with an electromagnetic field and a magnetic field but also with an electric field.
- the secondary battery pack 531 has a layer 519 between the antenna 517 and the secondary battery 513.
- the layer 519 has a function of being able to shield the electromagnetic field generated by the secondary battery 513, for example.
- a magnetic material can be used as the layer 519.
- the negative electrode active material for example, an alloy-based material or a carbon-based material, a mixture thereof, or the like can be used.
- an element capable of performing a charge / discharge reaction by an alloying / dealloying reaction with lithium can be used.
- a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium and the like can be used.
- Such elements have a larger capacity than carbon, and silicon in particular has a high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh / g. Therefore, it is preferable to use silicon as the negative electrode active material. Further, a compound having these elements may be used.
- an element capable of performing a charge / discharge reaction by an alloying / dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound having the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- SiO refers to, for example, silicon monoxide.
- SiO can also be expressed as SiO x .
- x preferably has a value of 1 or a value close to 1.
- x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, and preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- carbon-based material graphite, easily graphitizable carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizable carbon (hard carbon), carbon nanotubes, graphene, carbon black, etc. may be used.
- Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite.
- Examples of the artificial graphite include mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, pitch-based artificial graphite and the like.
- MCMB mesocarbon microbeads
- the artificial graphite spheroidal graphite having a spherical shape can be used.
- MCMB may have a spherical shape, which is preferable.
- MCMB is relatively easy to reduce its surface area and may be preferable.
- Examples of natural graphite include scaly graphite and spheroidized natural graphite.
- Graphite exhibits a potential as low as lithium metal when lithium ions are inserted into graphite (during the formation of a lithium-graphite intercalation compound) (0.05V or more and 0.3V or less vs. Li / Li + ).
- the lithium ion secondary battery using graphite can exhibit a high operating voltage.
- graphite is preferable because it has advantages such as relatively high capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and high safety as compared with lithium metal.
- titanium dioxide TIM 2
- lithium titanium oxide Li 4 Ti 5 O 12
- lithium-graphite interlayer compound Li x C 6
- niobium pentoxide Nb 2 O 5
- Oxides such as tungsten (WO 2 ) and molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
- Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 shows a large charge / discharge capacity (900 mAh / g, 1890 mAh / cm 3 ) and is preferable.
- lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material, so that it can be combined with materials such as V 2 O 5 and Cr 3 O 8 which do not contain lithium ions as the positive electrode active material, which is preferable. .. Even when a material containing lithium ions is used as the positive electrode active material, a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal can be used as the negative electrode active material by desorbing the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- a material that causes a conversion reaction can also be used as a negative electrode active material.
- a transition metal oxide that does not form an alloy with lithium such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO)
- Materials that cause a conversion reaction include oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, and Zn 3 N 2 . , Cu 3 N, Ge 3 N 4 , etc., phosphodies such as NiP 2 , FeP 2 , CoP 3 , etc., and fluorides such as FeF 3 , BiF 3 etc. also occur.
- the same material as the conductive agent and binder that the positive electrode active material layer can have can be used.
- the current collector copper or the like can be used in addition to the same material as the positive electrode current collector.
- the negative electrode current collector preferably uses a material that does not alloy with carrier ions such as lithium.
- electrolytic solution As one form of the electrolyte 114, an electrolytic solution having a solvent and an electrolyte dissolved in the solvent can be used.
- the solvent of the electrolytic solution is preferably an aprotonic organic solvent, for example, ethylene carbonate (EC), propylene carbonate (PC), butylene carbonate, chloroethylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, dimethyl carbonate.
- DMC diethyl carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- EMC ethylmethyl carbonate
- methyl formate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4 -Any combination and ratio of one of dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, sulton, etc., or two or more of these. Can be used in.
- Ionic liquids consist of cations and anions, including organic cations and anions.
- Examples of the organic cation used in the electrolytic solution include aliphatic onium cations such as quaternary ammonium cations, tertiary sulfonium cations, and quaternary phosphonium cations, and aromatic cations such as imidazolium cations and pyridinium cations.
- anions used in the electrolytic solution monovalent amide anions, monovalent methide anions, fluorosulfonic acid anions, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid anions, tetrafluoroborate anions, perfluoroalkyl borate anions, and hexafluorophosphate anions. , Or perfluoroalkyl phosphate anion and the like.
- Examples of the electrolyte to be dissolved in the above solvent include LiPF 6 , LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 B 12 .
- One type of lithium salt such as SO 2 ) (CF 3 SO 2 ), LiN (C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 , lithium bis (oxalate) borate (Li (C 2 O 4 ) 2 , LiBOB), or among these Two or more of these can be used in any combination and ratio.
- the electrolytic solution used in the power storage device it is preferable to use a highly purified electrolytic solution having a small content of granular dust or elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolytic solution (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "impurities").
- the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolytic solution is preferably 1% or less, preferably 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or less.
- the electrolytic solution includes vinylene carbonate, propane sultone (PS), tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), lithium bis (oxalate) borate (LiBOB), and dinitrile compounds such as succinonitrile and adiponitrile.
- Additives may be added.
- the concentration of the additive may be, for example, 0.1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less with respect to the solvent in which the electrolyte is dissolved.
- a polymer gel electrolyte obtained by swelling the polymer with an electrolytic solution may be used.
- the secondary battery can be made thinner and lighter.
- silicone gel silicone gel, acrylic gel, acrylonitrile gel, polyethylene oxide gel, polypropylene oxide gel, fluoropolymer gel and the like can be used.
- polymers having a polyalkylene oxide structure such as polyethylene oxide (PEO), PVDF, and polyacrylonitrile, and copolymers containing them can be used.
- PVDF-HFP which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP)
- the polymer to be formed may have a porous shape.
- separator examples include fibers having cellulose such as paper, non-woven fabrics, glass fibers, ceramics, or synthetic fibers using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, and polyurethane. It is possible to use the one formed by.
- the separator may have a multi-layer structure.
- an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic material, a fluorine material, a polyamide material, or a mixture thereof.
- the ceramic material for example, aluminum oxide particles, silicon oxide particles and the like can be used.
- the fluorine-based material for example, PVDF, polytetrafluoroethylene and the like can be used.
- the polyamide-based material for example, nylon, aramid (meth-based aramid, para-based aramid) and the like can be used.
- the oxidation resistance is improved by coating with a ceramic material, deterioration of the separator during high voltage charging can be suppressed and the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved. Further, when a fluorine-based material is coated, the separator and the electrode are easily brought into close contact with each other, and the output characteristics can be improved. Coating a polyamide-based material, particularly aramid, improves heat resistance and thus can improve the safety of the secondary battery.
- a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid may be coated on both sides of a polypropylene film. Further, the surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and the surface in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with a fluoromaterial.
- the secondary battery 400 of one aspect of the present invention has a positive electrode 410, a solid electrolyte layer 420, and a negative electrode 430.
- the positive electrode 410 has a positive electrode current collector 413 and a positive electrode active material layer 414.
- the positive electrode active material layer 414 has a positive electrode active material 411 and a solid electrolyte 421.
- the positive electrode active material 411 the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment is used. Further, the positive electrode active material layer 414 may have a conductive agent and a binder.
- the solid electrolyte layer 420 has a solid electrolyte 421.
- the solid electrolyte layer 420 is located between the positive electrode 410 and the negative electrode 430, and is a region having neither the positive electrode active material 411 nor the negative electrode active material 431.
- the negative electrode 430 has a negative electrode current collector 433 and a negative electrode active material layer 434.
- the negative electrode active material layer 434 has a negative electrode active material 431 and a solid electrolyte 421. Further, the negative electrode active material layer 434 may have a conductive agent and a binder.
- metallic lithium is used as the negative electrode active material 431, it is not necessary to make particles, so that the negative electrode 430 having no solid electrolyte 421 can be used as shown in FIG. 25B. It is preferable to use metallic lithium for the negative electrode 430 because the energy density of the secondary battery 400 can be improved.
- solid electrolyte 421 of the solid electrolyte layer 420 for example, a sulfide-based solid electrolyte, an oxide-based solid electrolyte, a halide-based solid electrolyte, or the like can be used.
- Sulfide-based solid electrolytes include thiolysicon-based (Li 10 GeP 2 S 12 , Li 3.25 Ge 0.25 P 0.75 S 4 , etc.) and sulfide glass (70Li 2 S / 30P 2 S 5 , 30Li 2 ).
- Sulfide crystallized glass (Li 7 ) P 3 S 11 , Li 3.25 P 0.95 S 4 etc.) are included.
- the sulfide-based solid electrolyte has advantages such as having a material having high conductivity, being able to be synthesized at a low temperature, and being relatively soft so that the conductive path can be easily maintained even after charging and discharging.
- Oxide-based solid electrolytes include materials having a perovskite-type crystal structure (La 2 / 3-x Li 3x TiO 3 , etc.) and materials having a NASICON-type crystal structure (Li 1-Y Al Y Ti 2-Y (PO 4 ).
- Oxide-based solid electrolytes have the advantage of being stable in the atmosphere.
- the halide-based solid electrolyte includes LiAlCl 4 , Li 3 InBr 6 , LiF, LiCl, LiBr, LiI and the like. Further, a composite material in which the pores of porous aluminum oxide or porous silica are filled with these halide-based solid electrolytes can also be used as the solid electrolyte.
- Li 1 + x Al x Ti 2-x (PO 4 ) 3 (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1) (hereinafter referred to as LATP) having a NASICON type crystal structure is a secondary battery 400 of one aspect of the present invention, which is aluminum and titanium. Since the positive electrode active material used in the above contains an element that may be contained, a synergistic effect can be expected for improving the cycle characteristics, which is preferable. In addition, productivity can be expected to improve by reducing the number of processes.
- the NASICON type crystal structure is a compound represented by M 2 (XO 4 ) 3 (M: transition metal, X: S, P, As, Mo, W, etc.), and is MO 6
- M transition metal
- X S, P, As, Mo, W, etc.
- MO 6 An octahedron and a XO4 tetrahedron have a structure in which they share a vertex and are arranged three-dimensionally.
- the exterior body of the secondary battery 400 of one aspect of the present invention various materials and shapes can be used, but it is preferable that the exterior body has a function of pressurizing the positive electrode, the solid electrolyte layer and the negative electrode.
- FIG. 26 is an example of a cell for evaluating the material of an all-solid-state battery.
- FIG. 26A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the evaluation cell, which has a lower member 761, an upper member 762, and a fixing screw or a wing nut 764 for fixing them, and is used for an electrode by rotating a pressing screw 763.
- the plate 753 is pressed to fix the evaluation material.
- An insulator 766 is provided between the lower member 761 made of a stainless steel material and the upper member 762. Further, an O-ring 765 for sealing is provided between the upper member 762 and the holding screw 763.
- FIG. 26B is an enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the evaluation material.
- FIG. 26C As an evaluation material, an example of laminating a positive electrode 750a, a solid electrolyte layer 750b, and a negative electrode 750c is shown, and a cross-sectional view is shown in FIG. 26C.
- the same reference numerals are used for the same parts in FIGS. 26A to 26C.
- the electrode plate 751 and the lower member 761 electrically connected to the positive electrode 750a correspond to the positive electrode terminals. It can be said that the electrode plate 753 and the upper member 762 electrically connected to the negative electrode 750c correspond to the negative electrode terminals.
- the electrical resistance and the like can be measured while pressing the evaluation material through the electrode plate 751 and the electrode plate 753.
- a package having excellent airtightness for the exterior body of the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention For example, a ceramic package or a resin package can be used. Further, when sealing the exterior body, it is preferable to shut off the outside air and perform it in a closed atmosphere, for example, in a glove box.
- FIG. 27A shows a perspective view of a secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention having an exterior body and shape different from those of FIG. 26.
- the secondary battery of FIG. 27A has external electrodes 771 and 772, and is sealed with an exterior body having a plurality of package members.
- FIG. 27B shows an example of a cross section cut by a broken line in FIG. 27A.
- the laminate having a positive electrode 750a, a solid electrolyte layer 750b, and a negative electrode 750c includes a package member 770a having an electrode layer 773a provided on a flat plate, a frame-shaped package member 770b, and a package member 770c having an electrode layer 773b provided on a flat plate. It has a sealed structure surrounded by. Insulating materials such as resin materials and ceramics can be used for the package members 770a, 770b and 770c.
- the external electrode 771 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 750a via the electrode layer 773a and functions as a positive electrode terminal. Further, the external electrode 772 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 750c via the electrode layer 773b and functions as a negative electrode terminal.
- FIG. 19D which is a cylindrical secondary battery
- EV electric vehicle
- the electric vehicle is equipped with a first battery 1301a and 1301b as a main drive secondary battery and a second battery 1311 that supplies electric power to the inverter 1312 that starts the motor 1304.
- the second battery 1311 is also called a cranking battery (also called a starter battery).
- the second battery 1311 only needs to have a high output, and a large capacity is not required so much, and the capacity of the second battery 1311 is smaller than that of the first batteries 1301a and 1301b.
- the internal structure of the first battery 1301a may be the winding type shown in FIG. 20A or FIG. 21C, or the laminated type shown in FIG. 22A or FIG. 22B. Further, as the first battery 1301a, the all-solid-state battery of the fifth embodiment may be used. By using the all-solid-state battery of the fifth embodiment for the first battery 1301a, the capacity can be increased, the safety can be improved, and the size and weight can be reduced.
- first batteries 1301a and 1301b are connected in parallel, but three or more batteries may be connected in parallel. Further, if the first battery 1301a can store sufficient electric power, the first battery 1301b may not be present.
- the plurality of secondary batteries may be connected in parallel, may be connected in series, or may be connected in parallel and then further connected in series. Multiple secondary batteries are also called assembled batteries.
- a service plug or a circuit breaker capable of cutting off a high voltage without using a tool is provided, and the first battery 1301a has. It will be provided.
- the electric power of the first batteries 1301a and 1301b is mainly used to rotate the motor 1304, but the 42V system in-vehicle parts (electric power steering (power steering) 1307, heater 1308,) via the DCDC circuit 1306. Power is supplied to the defogger 1309, etc.). Even if the rear wheel has a rear motor 1317, the first battery 1301a is used to rotate the rear motor 1317.
- the second battery 1311 supplies electric power to 14V in-vehicle parts (audio 1313, power window 1314, lamps 1315, etc.) via the DCDC circuit 1310.
- first battery 1301a will be described with reference to FIG. 28A.
- FIG. 28A shows an example in which nine square secondary batteries 1300 are used as one battery pack 1415. Further, nine square secondary batteries 1300 are connected in series, one electrode is fixed by a fixing portion 1413 made of an insulator, and the other electrode is fixed by a fixing portion 1414 made of an insulator.
- a fixing portion 1413 made of an insulator In the present embodiment, an example of fixing with the fixing portions 1413 and 1414 is shown, but the configuration may be such that the battery is stored in a battery storage box (also referred to as a housing). Since it is assumed that the vehicle is subjected to vibration or shaking from the outside (road surface or the like), it is preferable to fix a plurality of secondary batteries with fixing portions 1413, 1414, a battery accommodating box, or the like. Further, one of the electrodes is electrically connected to the control circuit unit 1320 by the wiring 1421. The other electrode is electrically connected to the control circuit unit 1320 by wiring 1422.
- control circuit unit 1320 may use a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor.
- a charge control circuit or a battery control system having a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor may be referred to as a BTOS (Battery operating system or Battery oxide semiconductor).
- In-M-Zn oxide (element M is aluminum, gallium, yttrium, copper, vanadium, beryllium, boron, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lantern, cerium, neodym, etc.
- Metal oxides such as hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, or one or more selected from magnesium
- the In-M-Zn oxide that can be applied as an oxide is preferably CAAC-OS (C-Axis Aligned Crystal Oxide Semiconductor) or CAC-OS (Cloud-Aligned Compound Semiconductor).
- CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor having a plurality of crystal regions, the plurality of crystal regions having the c-axis oriented in a specific direction.
- the specific direction is the thickness direction of the CAAC-OS film, the normal direction of the surface to be formed of the CAAC-OS film, or the normal direction of the surface of the CAAC-OS film.
- the crystal region is a region having periodicity in the atomic arrangement. When the atomic arrangement is regarded as a lattice arrangement, the crystal region is also a region in which the lattice arrangement is aligned.
- the CAAC-OS has a region in which a plurality of crystal regions are connected in the ab plane direction, and the region may have distortion.
- the strain refers to a region in which a plurality of crystal regions are connected in which the orientation of the lattice arrangement changes between a region in which the lattice arrangement is aligned and a region in which another grid arrangement is aligned. That is, CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor that is c-axis oriented and not clearly oriented in the ab plane direction.
- CAC-OS is, for example, a composition of a material in which elements constituting a metal oxide are unevenly distributed in a size of 0.5 nm or more and 10 nm or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 3 nm or less, or a size close thereto.
- the metal oxide one or more metal elements are unevenly distributed, and the region having the metal element has a size of 0.5 nm or more and 10 nm or less, preferably 1 nm or more and 3 nm or less, or a size close thereto.
- the mixed state is also called a mosaic shape or a patch shape.
- the CAC-OS has a structure in which the material is separated into a first region and a second region to form a mosaic, and the first region is distributed in the film (hereinafter, also referred to as a cloud shape). It is said.). That is, the CAC-OS is a composite metal oxide having a structure in which the first region and the second region are mixed.
- the atomic number ratios of In, Ga, and Zn to the metal elements constituting CAC-OS in the In-Ga-Zn oxide are expressed as [In], [Ga], and [Zn], respectively.
- the first region is a region where [In] is larger than [In] in the composition of the CAC-OS film.
- the second region is a region in which [Ga] is larger than [Ga] in the composition of the CAC-OS film.
- the first region is a region in which [In] is larger than [In] in the second region and [Ga] is smaller than [Ga] in the second region.
- the second region is a region in which [Ga] is larger than [Ga] in the first region and [In] is smaller than [In] in the first region.
- the first region is a region in which indium oxide, indium zinc oxide, or the like is the main component.
- the second region is a region containing gallium oxide, gallium zinc oxide, or the like as a main component. That is, the first region can be rephrased as a region containing In as a main component. Further, the second region can be rephrased as a region containing Ga as a main component.
- a region containing In as a main component (No. 1) by EDX mapping acquired by using energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX: Energy Dispersive X-ray spectroscopy). It can be confirmed that the region (1 region) and the region containing Ga as a main component (second region) have a structure in which they are unevenly distributed and mixed.
- EDX Energy Dispersive X-ray spectroscopy
- the conductivity caused by the first region and the insulating property caused by the second region act in a complementary manner to switch the switching function (On / Off function).
- the CAC-OS has a conductive function in a part of the material and an insulating function in a part of the material, and has a function as a semiconductor in the whole material. By separating the conductive function and the insulating function, both functions can be maximized. Therefore, by using CAC-OS for the transistor, high on -current (Ion), high field effect mobility ( ⁇ ), and good switching operation can be realized.
- Oxide semiconductors have various structures, and each has different characteristics.
- the oxide semiconductor of one aspect of the present invention has two or more of amorphous oxide semiconductor, polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, a-like OS, CAC-OS, nc-OS, and CAAC-OS. You may.
- the control circuit unit 1320 may be formed by using a unipolar transistor.
- Transistors that use oxide semiconductors for the semiconductor layer have an operating ambient temperature wider than that of single crystal Si transistors and are -40 ° C or higher and 150 ° C or lower, and their characteristics change compared to single crystal Si transistors even if the secondary battery overheats. small.
- the off-current of a transistor using an oxide semiconductor is below the lower limit of measurement even at 150 ° C., but the off-current characteristics of a single crystal Si transistor are highly temperature-dependent.
- the off-current of the single crystal Si transistor increases, and the current on / off ratio does not become sufficiently large.
- the control circuit unit 1320 can improve the safety. Further, by combining the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment with a secondary battery using the positive electrode, a synergistic effect on safety can be obtained.
- the control circuit unit 1320 using a memory circuit including a transistor using an oxide semiconductor can also function as an automatic control device for a secondary battery against the cause of instability such as a micro short circuit.
- Functions to eliminate the cause of instability of the secondary battery include prevention of overcharge, prevention of overcurrent, overheat control during charging, cell balance in the assembled battery, prevention of overdischarge, fuel gauge, and temperature. Examples include automatic control of charging voltage and current amount, charging current amount control according to the degree of deterioration, detection of abnormal behavior of micro short circuit, abnormality prediction related to micro short circuit, and the like, and the control circuit unit 1320 has at least one of these functions.
- the automatic control device for the secondary battery can be miniaturized.
- the micro short circuit refers to a minute short circuit inside the secondary battery, and does not mean that the positive electrode and the negative electrode of the secondary battery are short-circuited and cannot be charged or discharged. It refers to the phenomenon that a short-circuit current flows slightly in the part. Since a large voltage change occurs in a relatively short time and even in a small place, the abnormal voltage value may affect the subsequent estimation.
- microshorts due to multiple charging and discharging, the uneven distribution of the positive electrode active material causes local current concentration in a part of the positive electrode and a part of the negative electrode, resulting in a separator. It is said that a micro-short circuit occurs due to the occurrence of a part where it does not function or the generation of a side reaction product due to a side reaction.
- control circuit unit 1320 detects the terminal voltage of the secondary battery and manages the charge / discharge state of the secondary battery. For example, in order to prevent overcharging, both the output transistor of the charging circuit and the cutoff switch can be turned off almost at the same time.
- FIG. 28B An example of the block diagram of the battery pack 1415 shown in FIG. 28A is shown in FIG. 28B.
- the control circuit unit 1320 includes at least a switch for preventing overcharging, a switch unit 1324 including a switch for preventing overdischarging, a control circuit 1322 for controlling the switch unit 1324, and a voltage measuring unit for the first battery 1301a.
- the control circuit unit 1320 sets the upper limit voltage and the lower limit voltage of the secondary battery to be used, and limits the upper limit of the current from the outside and the upper limit of the output current to the outside.
- the range of the lower limit voltage or more and the upper limit voltage or less of the secondary battery is within the voltage range recommended for use, and if it is out of the range, the switch unit 1324 operates and functions as a protection circuit.
- control circuit unit 1320 can also be called a protection circuit because it controls the switch unit 1324 to prevent over-discharging and over-charging. For example, when the control circuit 1322 detects a voltage that is likely to cause overcharging, the switch of the switch unit 1324 is turned off to cut off the current. Further, a PTC element may be provided in the charge / discharge path to provide a function of cutting off the current in response to an increase in temperature. Further, the control circuit unit 1320 has an external terminal 1325 (+ IN) and an external terminal 1326 ( ⁇ IN).
- the switch unit 1324 can be configured by combining an n-channel type transistor and a p-channel type transistor.
- the switch unit 1324 is not limited to a switch having a Si transistor using single crystal silicon, and is, for example, Ge (germanium), SiGe (silicon germanium), GaAs (gallium arsenide), GaAlAs (gallium aluminum arsenide), InP (phosphorization).
- the switch unit 1324 may be formed by a power transistor having (indium), SiC (silicon carbide), ZnSe (zinc selenium), GaN (gallium arsenide), GaO x (gallium oxide; x is a real number larger than 0) and the like. ..
- the storage element using the OS transistor can be freely arranged by stacking it on a circuit using a Si transistor or the like, integration can be easily performed.
- the OS transistor can be manufactured by using the same manufacturing apparatus as the Si transistor, it can be manufactured at low cost. That is, it is also possible to stack the control circuit unit 1320 using the OS transistor on the switch unit 1324 and integrate them into one chip. Since the occupied volume of the control circuit unit 1320 can be reduced, the size can be reduced.
- the first batteries 1301a and 1301b mainly supply electric power to 42V system (high voltage system) in-vehicle devices, and the second battery 1311 supplies electric power to 14V system (low voltage system) in-vehicle devices.
- the second battery 1311 may use a lead storage battery, an all-solid-state battery, or an electric double layer capacitor.
- the all-solid-state battery of the fifth embodiment may be used.
- the regenerative energy due to the rotation of the tire 1316 is sent to the motor 1304 via the gear 1305, and is charged from the motor controller 1303 and the battery controller 1302 to the second battery 1311 via the control circuit unit 1321.
- the first battery 1301a is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320.
- the first battery 1301b is charged from the battery controller 1302 via the control circuit unit 1320. In order to efficiently charge the regenerative energy, it is desirable that the first batteries 1301a and 1301b can be quickly charged.
- the battery controller 1302 can set the charging voltage, charging current, and the like of the first batteries 1301a and 1301b.
- the battery controller 1302 can set charging conditions according to the charging characteristics of the secondary battery to be used and quickly charge the battery.
- the charger outlet or the charger connection cable is electrically connected to the battery controller 1302.
- the electric power supplied from the external charger charges the first batteries 1301a and 1301b via the battery controller 1302.
- a control circuit may be provided and the function of the battery controller 1302 may not be used, but the first batteries 1301a and 1301b are charged via the control circuit unit 1320 in order to prevent overcharging. Is preferable.
- the outlet of the charger or the connection cable of the charger is provided with a control circuit.
- the control circuit unit 1320 may be referred to as an ECU (Electronic Control Unit).
- the ECU is connected to a CAN (Controller Area Network) provided in the electric vehicle.
- CAN is one of the serial communication standards used as an in-vehicle LAN.
- the ECU also includes a microcomputer. Further, the ECU uses a CPU or a GPU.
- External chargers installed in charging stands and the like include 100V outlets, 200V outlets, three-phase 200V and 50kW. It is also possible to charge by receiving power supply from an external charging facility by a non-contact power supply method or the like.
- the secondary battery of the present embodiment described above uses the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment. Furthermore, using graphene as a conductive agent, even if the electrode layer is thickened to increase the loading amount, the capacity decrease is suppressed and maintaining high capacity realizes a secondary battery with significantly improved electrical characteristics as a synergistic effect. can. It is particularly effective for a secondary battery used in a vehicle, and provides a vehicle having a long cruising range, specifically, a vehicle having a charge mileage of 500 km or more, without increasing the ratio of the weight of the secondary battery to the total weight of the vehicle. be able to.
- the operating voltage of the secondary battery can be increased by using the positive electrode active material composite 100z described in the above-described embodiment, and as the charging voltage increases, the operating voltage of the secondary battery can be increased. , The usable capacity can be increased. Further, by using the positive electrode active material complex 100z described in the above-described embodiment for the positive electrode, it is possible to provide a secondary battery for a vehicle having excellent cycle characteristics.
- the secondary battery shown in any one of FIGS. 19D, 21C, and 28A is mounted on the vehicle, the next generation such as a hybrid vehicle (HV), an electric vehicle (EV), or a plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHV) is installed.
- HV hybrid vehicle
- EV electric vehicle
- PWD plug-in hybrid vehicle
- a clean energy vehicle can be realized.
- Secondary batteries can also be mounted on transport vehicles such as planetary explorers and spacecraft.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention can be a high-capacity secondary battery. Therefore, the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention is suitable for miniaturization and weight reduction, and can be suitably used for a transportation vehicle.
- FIGS. 29A to 29D a transportation vehicle is illustrated as an example of a moving body using one aspect of the present invention.
- the automobile 2001 shown in FIG. 29A is an electric vehicle that uses an electric motor as a power source for traveling. Alternatively, it is a hybrid vehicle in which an electric motor and an engine can be appropriately selected and used as a power source for traveling.
- an example of the secondary battery shown in the fourth embodiment is installed at one place or a plurality of places.
- the automobile 2001 shown in FIG. 29A has a battery pack 2200, and the battery pack has a secondary battery module to which a plurality of secondary batteries are connected. Further, it is preferable to have a charge control device that is electrically connected to the secondary battery module.
- the automobile 2001 can charge the secondary battery of the automobile 2001 by receiving electric power from an external charging facility by a plug-in method, a non-contact power supply method, or the like.
- the charging method, the standard of the connector, and the like may be appropriately performed by a predetermined method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or a combo.
- the secondary battery may be a charging station provided in a commercial facility or a household power source.
- the plug-in technology can charge the power storage device mounted on the automobile 2001 by supplying electric power from the outside. Charging can be performed by converting AC power into DC power via a conversion device such as an ACDC converter.
- a power receiving device on the vehicle and supply power from a ground power transmission device in a non-contact manner to charge the vehicle.
- this non-contact power supply system by incorporating a power transmission device on the road or the outer wall, charging can be performed not only while the vehicle is stopped but also while the vehicle is running.
- the non-contact power feeding method may be used to transmit and receive electric power between two vehicles.
- a solar cell may be provided on the exterior portion of the vehicle to charge the secondary battery when the vehicle is stopped and when the vehicle is running.
- An electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic field resonance method can be used for such non-contact power supply.
- FIG. 29B shows a large transport vehicle 2002 having a motor controlled by electricity as an example of a transport vehicle.
- the secondary battery module of the transport vehicle 2002 has, for example, a secondary battery having a nominal voltage of 3.0 V or more and 5.0 V or less as a four-cell unit, and has a maximum voltage of 170 V in which 48 cells are connected in series. Since it has the same functions as those in FIG. 29A except that the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2201 is different, the description thereof will be omitted.
- FIG. 29C shows, as an example, a large transport vehicle 2003 having a motor controlled by electricity.
- the secondary battery module of the transport vehicle 2003 has, for example, a maximum voltage of 600 V in which 100 or more secondary batteries having a nominal voltage of 3.0 V or more and 5.0 V or less are connected in series.
- a secondary battery having good rate characteristics and charge / discharge cycle characteristics can be manufactured, and the transport vehicle 2003 can be manufactured. It can contribute to high performance and long life. Further, since it has the same functions as those in FIG. 29A except that the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2202 is different, the description thereof will be omitted.
- FIG. 29D shows, as an example, an aircraft 2004 having an engine that burns fuel. Since the aircraft 2004 shown in FIG. 29D has wheels for takeoff and landing, it can be said to be a kind of transport vehicle, and a plurality of secondary batteries are connected to form a secondary battery module, and the secondary battery module and charge control are performed. It has a battery pack 2203 including the device.
- the secondary battery module of the aircraft 2004 has a maximum voltage of 32V in which eight 4V secondary batteries are connected in series, for example. Since it has the same functions as those in FIG. 29A except that the number of secondary batteries constituting the secondary battery module of the battery pack 2203 is different, the description thereof will be omitted.
- the house shown in FIG. 30A has a power storage device 2612 having a secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention, and a solar panel 2610.
- the power storage device 2612 is electrically connected to the solar panel 2610 via wiring 2611 and the like. Further, the power storage device 2612 and the ground-mounted charging device 2604 may be electrically connected.
- the electric power obtained by the solar panel 2610 can be charged to the power storage device 2612. Further, the electric power stored in the power storage device 2612 can be charged to the secondary battery of the vehicle 2603 via the charging device 2604.
- the power storage device 2612 is preferably installed in the underfloor space. By installing it in the underfloor space, the space above the floor can be effectively used. Alternatively, the power storage device 2612 may be installed on the floor.
- the electric power stored in the power storage device 2612 can also supply electric power to other electronic devices in the house. Therefore, even when the power cannot be supplied from the commercial power supply due to a power failure or the like, the electronic device can be used by using the power storage device 2612 according to one aspect of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply.
- FIG. 30B shows an example of a power storage device according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the power storage device 791 according to one aspect of the present invention is installed in the underfloor space portion 796 of the building 799.
- the power storage device 791 may be provided with the control circuit described in the sixth embodiment, and a secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode is used for the power storage device 791. It can be a long-life power storage device 791.
- a control device 790 is installed in the power storage device 791, and the control device 790 is connected to a distribution board 703, a power storage controller 705 (also referred to as a control device), a display 706, and a router 709 by wiring. It is electrically connected.
- Electric power is sent from the commercial power supply 701 to the distribution board 703 via the drop line mounting portion 710. Further, electric power is transmitted to the distribution board 703 from the power storage device 791 and the commercial power supply 701, and the distribution board 703 transfers the transmitted electric power to a general load via an outlet (not shown). It supplies 707 and the power storage system load 708.
- the general load 707 is, for example, an electric device such as a television and a personal computer
- the storage system load 708 is, for example, an electric device such as a microwave oven, a refrigerator, and an air conditioner.
- the power storage controller 705 has a measurement unit 711, a prediction unit 712, and a planning unit 713.
- the measuring unit 711 has a function of measuring the amount of electric power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during one day (for example, from 0:00 to 24:00). Further, the measuring unit 711 may have a function of measuring the electric power of the power storage device 791 and the electric power supplied from the commercial power source 701.
- the prediction unit 712 is based on the amount of electric power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during the next day, and the demand consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 during the next day. It has a function to predict the amount of electric power.
- the planning unit 713 has a function of making a charge / discharge plan of the power storage device 791 based on the power demand amount predicted by the prediction unit 712.
- the amount of electric power consumed by the general load 707 and the power storage system load 708 measured by the measuring unit 711 can be confirmed by the display 706. It can also be confirmed in an electric device such as a television and a personal computer via a router 709. Further, it can be confirmed by a portable electronic terminal such as a smartphone and a tablet via the router 709. Further, the amount of power demand for each time zone (or every hour) predicted by the prediction unit 712 can be confirmed by the display 706, the electric device, and the portable electronic terminal.
- FIG. 31A is an example of an electric bicycle using the power storage device of one aspect of the present invention.
- One aspect of the power storage device of the present invention can be applied to the electric bicycle 8700 shown in FIG. 31A.
- the power storage device of one aspect of the present invention includes, for example, a plurality of storage batteries and a protection circuit.
- the electric bicycle 8700 is equipped with a power storage device 8702.
- the power storage device 8702 can supply electricity to the motor that assists the driver. Further, the power storage device 8702 is portable, and FIG. 31B shows a state in which the power storage device 8702 is removed from the bicycle. Further, the power storage device 8702 incorporates a plurality of storage batteries 8701 included in the power storage device according to one aspect of the present invention, and the remaining battery level and the like can be displayed on the display unit 8703. Further, the power storage device 8702 has a control circuit 8704 capable of charge control or abnormality detection of the secondary battery shown as an example in the sixth embodiment. The control circuit 8704 is electrically connected to the positive electrode and the negative electrode of the storage battery 8701.
- control circuit 8704 may be provided with the small solid secondary batteries shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B.
- the small solid-state secondary battery shown in FIGS. 27A and 27B in the control circuit 8704 electric power can be supplied to hold the data of the memory circuit of the control circuit 8704 for a long time.
- the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment with a secondary battery using the positive electrode, a synergistic effect on safety can be obtained.
- the secondary battery and the control circuit 8704 using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode can greatly contribute to the eradication of accidents such as fires caused by the secondary battery.
- FIG. 31C is an example of a two-wheeled vehicle using the power storage device of one aspect of the present invention.
- the scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 31C includes a power storage device 8602, a side mirror 8601, and a turn signal 8603.
- the power storage device 8602 can supply electricity to the turn signal 8603.
- the power storage device 8602 containing a plurality of secondary batteries using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode can have a high capacity and can contribute to miniaturization.
- the scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 31C can store the power storage device 8602 in the storage under the seat 8604.
- the power storage device 8602 can be stored in the under-seat storage 8604 even if the under-seat storage 8604 is small.
- Electronic devices that mount secondary batteries include, for example, television devices (also referred to as televisions or television receivers), monitors for computers, digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (mobile phones, mobile phones, etc.).
- television devices also referred to as televisions or television receivers
- monitors for computers digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (mobile phones, mobile phones, etc.).
- mobile phone device a portable game machine
- mobile information terminal a sound reproduction device
- a large game machine such as a pachinko machine
- Examples of mobile information terminals include notebook personal computers, tablet terminals, electronic book terminals, and mobile phones.
- FIG. 32A shows an example of a mobile phone.
- the mobile phone 2100 includes an operation button 2103, an external connection port 2104, a speaker 2105, a microphone 2106, and the like, in addition to the display unit 2102 incorporated in the housing 2101.
- the mobile phone 2100 has a secondary battery 2107.
- the capacity can be increased and the space can be saved due to the miniaturization of the housing. It can be realized.
- the mobile phone 2100 can execute various applications such as mobile phones, e-mails, text viewing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, and computer games.
- the operation button 2103 can have various functions such as power on / off operation, wireless communication on / off operation, manner mode execution / cancellation, and power saving mode execution / cancellation. ..
- the function of the operation button 2103 can be freely set by the operating system incorporated in the mobile phone 2100.
- the mobile phone 2100 can execute short-range wireless communication with communication standards. For example, by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication, it is possible to make a hands-free call.
- the mobile phone 2100 is provided with an external connection port 2104, and data can be directly exchanged with another information terminal via a connector. It can also be charged via the external connection port 2104. The charging operation may be performed by wireless power supply without going through the external connection port 2104.
- the mobile phone 2100 has a sensor.
- a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a body temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted.
- FIG. 32B is an unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 with a plurality of rotors 2302.
- the unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 is sometimes called a drone.
- the unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 has a secondary battery 2301, a camera 2303, and an antenna (not shown), which is one aspect of the present invention.
- the unmanned aerial vehicle 2300 can be remotely controlled via an antenna.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density and high safety, so that it can be used safely for a long period of time and is unmanned. It is suitable as a secondary battery to be mounted on an aircraft 2300.
- FIG. 32C shows an example of a robot.
- the robot 6400 shown in FIG. 32C includes a secondary battery 6409, an illuminance sensor 6401, a microphone 6402, an upper camera 6403, a speaker 6404, a display unit 6405, a lower camera 6406 and an obstacle sensor 6407, a moving mechanism 6408, a calculation device, and the like.
- the microphone 6402 has a function of detecting the user's voice, environmental sound, and the like. Further, the speaker 6404 has a function of emitting sound. The robot 6400 can communicate with the user by using the microphone 6402 and the speaker 6404.
- the display unit 6405 has a function of displaying various information.
- the robot 6400 can display the information desired by the user on the display unit 6405.
- the display unit 6405 may be equipped with a touch panel. Further, the display unit 6405 may be a removable information terminal, and by installing it at a fixed position of the robot 6400, it is possible to charge and transfer data.
- the upper camera 6403 and the lower camera 6406 have a function of photographing the surroundings of the robot 6400. Further, the obstacle sensor 6407 can detect the presence or absence of an obstacle in the traveling direction when the robot 6400 moves forward by using the moving mechanism 6408. The robot 6400 can recognize the surrounding environment and move safely by using the upper camera 6403, the lower camera 6406 and the obstacle sensor 6407.
- the robot 6400 includes a secondary battery 6409 according to one aspect of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in its internal region.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density and high safety, so that it can be used safely for a long period of time and is a robot. It is suitable as a secondary battery 6409 mounted on the 6400.
- FIG. 32D shows an example of a cleaning robot.
- the cleaning robot 6300 has a display unit 6302 arranged on the upper surface of the housing 6301, a plurality of cameras 6303 arranged on the side surface, a brush 6304, an operation button 6305, a secondary battery 6306, various sensors, and the like.
- the cleaning robot 6300 is provided with tires, suction ports, and the like.
- the cleaning robot 6300 is self-propelled, can detect dust 6310, and can suck dust from a suction port provided on the lower surface.
- the cleaning robot 6300 can analyze the image taken by the camera 6303 and determine the presence or absence of an obstacle such as a wall, furniture, or a step. Further, when an object that is likely to be entangled with the brush 6304 such as wiring is detected by image analysis, the rotation of the brush 6304 can be stopped.
- the cleaning robot 6300 includes a secondary battery 6306 according to an aspect of the present invention and a semiconductor device or an electronic component in the internal region thereof.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density and high safety, so that it can be used safely for a long period of time and can be cleaned. It is suitable as a secondary battery 6306 mounted on the robot 6300.
- FIG. 33A shows an example of a wearable device.
- Wearable devices use a secondary battery as a power source.
- a wearable device that can perform wireless charging as well as wired charging with the connector part to be connected exposed is available. It is desired.
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the spectacle-type device 4000 as shown in FIG. 33A.
- the spectacle-type device 4000 has a frame 4000a and a display unit 4000b.
- By mounting the secondary battery on the temple portion of the curved frame 4000a it is possible to obtain a spectacle-type device 4000 that is lightweight, has a good weight balance, and has a long continuous use time.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- a secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention, can be mounted on the headset type device 4001.
- the headset-type device 4001 has at least a microphone unit 4001a, a flexible pipe 4001b, and an earphone unit 4001c.
- a secondary battery can be provided in the flexible pipe 4001b or in the earphone portion 4001c.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- the secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the device 4002 which can be directly attached to the body.
- the secondary battery 4002b can be provided in the thin housing 4002a of the device 4002.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- the secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the device 4003 which can be attached to clothes.
- the secondary battery 4003b can be provided in the thin housing 4003a of the device 4003.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- the secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the belt type device 4006.
- the belt-type device 4006 has a belt portion 4006a and a wireless power supply receiving portion 4006b, and a secondary battery can be mounted in the internal region of the belt portion 4006a.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- a secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention, can be mounted on the wristwatch type device 4005.
- the wristwatch-type device 4005 has a display unit 4005a and a belt unit 4005b, and a secondary battery can be provided on the display unit 4005a or the belt unit 4005b.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material complex 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and can realize a configuration that can cope with space saving accompanying the miniaturization of the housing.
- the display unit 4005a can display not only the time but also various information such as incoming mail and telephone calls.
- the wristwatch-type device 4005 is a wearable device that is directly wrapped around the wrist, it may be equipped with a sensor that measures the user's pulse, blood pressure, and the like. It is possible to manage the health by accumulating data on the amount of exercise and health of the user.
- FIG. 33B shows a perspective view of the wristwatch-type device 4005 removed from the arm.
- FIG. 33C shows a state in which the secondary battery 913 is built in the internal region.
- the secondary battery 913 is the secondary battery shown in the fourth embodiment.
- the secondary battery 913 is provided at a position overlapping with the display unit 4005a, can have a high density and a high capacity, is compact, and is lightweight.
- the wristwatch type device 4005 is required to be compact and lightweight, high energy density can be obtained by using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment for the positive electrode of the secondary battery 913. Moreover, it can be a small secondary battery 913.
- FIG. 33D shows an example of a wireless earphone.
- a wireless earphone having a pair of main bodies 4100a and a main body 4100b is shown, but it does not necessarily have to be a pair.
- the main bodies 4100a and 4100b have a driver unit 4101, an antenna 4102, and a secondary battery 4103. It may have a display unit 4104. Further, it is preferable to have a board on which a circuit such as a wireless IC is mounted, a charging terminal, or the like. It may also have a microphone.
- Case 4110 has a secondary battery 4111. Further, it is preferable to have a board on which circuits such as a wireless IC and a charge control IC are mounted, and a charging terminal. Further, it may have a display unit, a button, and the like.
- the main bodies 4100a and 4100b can wirelessly communicate with other electronic devices such as smartphones. As a result, sound data and the like sent from other electronic devices can be reproduced by the main bodies 4100a and 4100b. Further, if the main bodies 4100a and 4100b have a microphone, the sound acquired by the microphone can be sent to another electronic device, and the sound data processed by the electronic device can be sent to the main bodies 4100a and 4100b again for reproduction. This makes it possible to use it as a translator, for example.
- the secondary battery 4103 of the main body 4100a can be charged from the secondary battery 4111 of the case 4110.
- the coin-type secondary battery, the cylindrical secondary battery, and the like of the above-described embodiment can be used as the secondary battery 4111 and the secondary battery 4103.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained in the above-described embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and by using the secondary battery 4103 and the secondary battery 4111, the size of the wireless earphone is reduced. It is possible to realize a configuration that can support space saving.
- This embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- a positive electrode active material composite 100z obtained by compounding a positive electrode active material and acetylene black was prepared, and the electrode density thereof was evaluated.
- the positive electrode active material As the positive electrode active material, a commercially available lithium cobalt oxide (Celseed C-10N manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) having cobalt as the transition metal M1 and having no particular additive element was prepared. Acetylene black (AB) was prepared as the conductive material, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) was prepared as the binder. NMP was prepared as a solvent.
- a composite treatment of lithium cobalt oxide and acetylene black was performed to prepare a positive electrode active material complex.
- a picobond manufactured by Hosokawa Micron was used for the compounding treatment, the operating conditions were 3500 rpm for 10 minutes, and the treatment amount was 50 g.
- FIG. 34A shows an SEM image of the positive electrode active material complex. It was observed that a part of the surface of lithium cobalt oxide was covered with acetylene black. For comparison, FIG. 34B shows an SEM image of lithium cobalt oxide that has not been compounded.
- a scanning electron microscope device SU8030 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech was used, and the measurement conditions were an acceleration voltage of 5 kV and a magnification of 5000 times.
- the positive electrode active material composite and PVDF dissolved in NMP were mixed to prepare a slurry, which was applied onto the positive electrode current collector and dried to prepare an electrode layer having a length of 12 cm and a width of 4 cm.
- a 20 ⁇ m aluminum foil was used for the positive electrode current collector.
- the electrode layer was pressed with a calendar roll to prepare a positive electrode.
- Pressurization was performed on the electrode layer having a width of 4 cm in the order of 210 kN / m, 461 kN / m, 964 kN / m, and 1467 kN / m.
- the thickness of the positive electrode was measured at 9 points with a micrometer for each pressurization, and the thickness of the current collector was subtracted to obtain the thickness of the electrode layer.
- Nine positive electrodes having a diameter of 12 mm were cut out so as to include each of the nine points measured last.
- the weight of each was measured and the weight of the current collector was subtracted to obtain the weight of the electrode layer.
- the electrode density was obtained from the thickness, area, and weight of the electrode layer for each pressurization, and the average value was calculated.
- a slurry was prepared using lithium cobalt oxide which had not been compounded, acetylene black, PVDF, and a solvent.
- NMP was used as the solvent.
- the slurry was applied to a positive electrode current collector, dried, and pressurized in the same manner as described above to calculate the electrode density.
- Table 1 shows the conditions for producing a positive electrode using a positive electrode active material complex and a positive electrode using lithium cobalt oxide that has not been compounded.
- the average value of the calculated electrode densities is shown in a graph in FIG. 35.
- the positive electrode using the positive electrode active material complex was able to increase the electrode density with a lower pressure than in the comparative example.
- the electrode density could be set to 3.80 g / cc by applying a pressure of 210 kN / m.
- the highest point of electrode density was also higher than that of the comparative example, and the maximum values were 4.15 g / cc when the pressure was 210 kN / m and 461 kN / m.
- a positive electrode active material composite 100z was prepared by compounding a positive electrode active material and graphene oxide by wet mixing, and its charge / discharge characteristics were evaluated.
- a positive electrode active material having cobalt as a transition metal M1 and being heated by adding magnesium, fluorine, nickel and aluminum was produced by the following steps.
- a commercially available lithium cobalt oxide (CellSeed C-10N manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) having cobalt as a transition metal M1 and having no additive element was prepared.
- magnesium source, fluorine source, nickel source and aluminum source were prepared as additive element sources.
- LiF was prepared as a fluorine source
- MgF 2 was prepared as a fluorine source and a magnesium source.
- LiF: MgF 2 was weighed so as to have a molar ratio of 1: 3.
- LiF and MgF 2 were mixed in dehydrated acetone and stirred at a rotation speed of 400 rpm for 12 hours to prepare an additive element source XA .
- a sieve having a mesh size of 300 ⁇ m was sieved to obtain an additive element source XA having a uniform particle size.
- Ni (OH) 2 was prepared as a nickel source. Similarly, the mixture was stirred at a rotation speed of 400 rpm for 12 hours using dehydrated acetone as a solvent to obtain an additive element source X Ni having a uniform particle size.
- Al (OH) 3 was prepared as an aluminum source. Similarly, the mixture was stirred at a rotation speed of 400 rpm for 12 hours using dehydrated acetone as a solvent to obtain an additive element source X Al having a uniform particle size by sieving.
- the additive element source X A is weighed to 1 at% of the transition metal M1, the additive element source X Ni is 0.5 at% of the transition metal M1, and the additive element source X Al is 0.5 at% of the transition metal M1. Then, it was mixed with lithium cobaltate in a dry manner. At this time, the mixture was stirred at a rotation speed of 1500 rpm for 1.5 minutes. This is a milder condition than stirring when the additive element source XA is obtained. Finally, a sieve having a mesh size of 300 ⁇ m was sieved to obtain a mixture A having a uniform particle size.
- the mixture A was heated. Heating at 900 ° C. for 10 hours was performed three times using a muffle furnace. During heating, a lid was placed in the crucible containing the mixture A. The inside of the muffle furnace was set to an oxygen atmosphere, and the oxygen flow rate was set to 10 L / min. During the three heating steps, the mixture A was removed from the muffle furnace and crushed with a mortar and pestle. By these heatings, a positive electrode active material having magnesium, fluorine, nickel and aluminum was obtained.
- a positive electrode was prepared using the positive electrode active material prepared above.
- Graphene oxide (GO) or acetylene black (AB) was prepared as the material of the conductive material.
- Polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) was used as the binder.
- NMP or a mixture of ethanol and water at a ratio of 7: 3 (volume ratio) was prepared.
- a 20 ⁇ m aluminum foil was prepared as a current collector.
- the electrode layer was chemically reduced.
- An aqueous solution prepared by dissolving 0.075 mol / L ascorbic acid and 0.074 mol / L lithium hydroxide was prepared.
- graphene oxide (GO) in the electrode layer is changed to reduced graphene oxide (RGO) to obtain conductivity. Further, by performing chemical reduction before heat reduction as described above, graphene oxide can be sufficiently reduced even if the temperature of heat reduction is lowered, and deterioration of PVDF of the binder can be avoided.
- a positive electrode using acetylene black as a conductive material was prepared as follows.
- a positive electrode active material, acetylene black (AB), PVDF and NMP were mixed to prepare a slurry.
- the slurry was applied to a current collector and dried to prepare an electrode layer.
- Table 2 shows the preparation conditions for the two types of positive electrodes.
- FIG. 36 shows a surface SEM image of an electrode having reduced graphene oxide (RGO) as a material of the conductive material. As shown by the arrows in the figure, it was confirmed that the reduced graphene oxide widely covered the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- RGO reduced graphene oxide
- a coin cell was produced using the above two types of positive electrodes.
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- As the electrolyte contained in the electrolytic solution 1 mol / L lithium hexafluorophosphate (LiPF 6 ) was used.
- Polypropylene was used as the separator.
- a lithium metal was prepared for the counter electrode to form a coin-shaped half cell equipped with the positive electrode and the like, and the rate characteristics and cycle characteristics were measured.
- the discharge rate is a relative ratio of the current at the time of discharge to the battery capacity, and is expressed in the unit C.
- the current corresponding to 1C is X (A).
- X (A) When discharged with a current of 2X (A), it is said to be discharged at 2C, and when discharged with a current of X / 5 (A), it is said to be discharged at 0.2C.
- the charging rate is also the same.
- 1C 200mA / g.
- the rate characteristics were measured as follows.
- the charging method was CC (each rate, termination voltage 4.6V), and the discharging method was CC (0.2C, termination voltage 2.5V).
- the charging method was CC / CV (0.2C, 4.6V, termination current 0.02C), and the discharge method was CC (each rate, termination voltage 2.5V).
- the measurement temperature was 25 ° C.
- FIG. 37A shows the charge capacities at 0.2C, 0.5C, 1C, 2C, 5C and 10C.
- the positive electrode having reduced graphene oxide (RGO) as the material of the conductive material showed better rate characteristics at a high rate of charge / discharge of 10C.
- the charging method was (0.5C, 4.6V, termination current 0.05C), and the discharging method was CC (0.5C, termination voltage 2.5V).
- the measurement temperature was 45 ° C.
- the positive electrode using acetylene black as the material of the conductive material showed slightly better cycle characteristics than the positive electrode having reduced graphene oxide (RGO) as the conductive material, but it was larger. No difference was seen.
- 100 Positive electrode active material
- 100x First active material
- 100xb First active material
- 100y Second active material
- 100z Positive electrode active material composite
- 101 Coating material
- 102 graphene compound
- 103 carbon black
- 114 electrolyte
- 1101 positive electrode
- 1104 positive electrode current collector
- 1105 positive electrode active material layer.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Composite Materials (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Nanotechnology (AREA)
- Battery Electrode And Active Subsutance (AREA)
Abstract
Description
図2A1乃至図2B2は、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の断面構造を示す図である。
図3A1乃至図3B2は、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の断面構造を示す図である。
図4A1乃至図4B2は、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の断面構造を示す図である。
図5A及び図5Bは、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の作製方法を示す図である。
図6A及び図6Bは、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の作製方法を示す図である。
図7A及び図7Bは、本発明の一態様の正極活物質複合体の作製方法を示す図である。
図8Aは本発明の一態様の正極活物質の上面図、図8B及び図8Cは本発明の一態様の正極活物質の断面図である。
図9は本発明の一態様の正極活物質の結晶構造を説明する図である。
図10は結晶構造から計算されるXRDパターンである。
図11は比較例の正極活物質の結晶構造を説明する図である。
図12は結晶構造から計算されるXRDパターンである。
図13は結晶の配向が概略一致しているTEM像の例である。
図14Aは結晶の配向が概略一致しているSTEM像の例である。図14Bは岩塩型結晶RSの領域のFFT、図14Cは層状岩塩型結晶LRSの領域のFFTである。
図15A乃至図15Cは正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図16は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図17A乃至図17Cは正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図18Aはコイン型二次電池の分解斜視図であり、図18Bはコイン型二次電池の斜視図であり、図18Cはその断面斜視図である。
図19Aは、円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図19Bは、円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図19Cは、複数の円筒型の二次電池の例を示す。図19Dは、複数の円筒型の二次電池を有する蓄電システムの例を示す。
図20A及び図20Bは二次電池の例を説明する図であり、図20Cは二次電池の内部の様子を示す図である。
図21A乃至図21Cは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図22A及び図22Bは二次電池の外観を示す図である。
図23A乃至図23Cは二次電池の作製方法を説明する図である。
図24A乃至図24Cは、電池パックの構成例を示す図である。
図25A及び図25Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図26A乃至図26Cは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図27A及び図27Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図28Aは本発明の一態様を示す電池パックの斜視図であり、図28Bは電池パックのブロック図であり、図28Cはモータを有する車両のブロック図である。
図29A乃至図29Dは、輸送用車両の一例を説明する図である。
図30A及び図30Bは、本発明の一態様に係る蓄電装置を説明する図である。
図31Aは電動自転車を示す図であり、図31Bは電動自転車の二次電池を示す図であり、図31Cは電動バイクを説明する図である。
図32A乃至図32Dは、電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図33Aはウェアラブルデバイスの例を示しており、図33Bは腕時計型デバイスの斜視図を示しており、図33Cは、腕時計型デバイスの側面を説明する図である。図33Dは、ワイヤレスイヤホンの例を説明する図である。
図34Aは実施例1の正極活物質複合体の表面SEM像である。図34Bは実施例1のコバルト酸リチウムの表面SEM像である。
図35は実施例1の正極の電極密度のグラフである。
図36は実施例2の正極活物質複合体の表面SEM像である。
図37Aは実施例2の二次電池の充電特性を示すグラフである。図37Bは実施例2の二次電池の放電特性を示すグラフである。
図38は実施例2の二次電池のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
本実施の形態では、図1乃至図7を用いて本発明の一態様の正極、正極活物質複合体、及び正極活物質複合体の作製方法について説明する。
図2A1乃至図2B2、図3A1乃至図3B2、及び図4A1乃至図4B2は、正極活物質複合体100zについて説明する断面模式図である。
第1の活物質100xとして、層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有する、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される複合酸化物を用いることができる。また、第1の活物質100xとして、LiM1O2で表される複合酸化物に添加元素Xが添加されたものを用いることができる。第1の活物質100xが有する添加元素Xとしては、ニッケル、コバルト、マグネシウム、カルシウム、塩素、フッ素、アルミニウム、マンガン、チタン、ジルコニウム、イットリウム、バナジウム、ガリウム、鉄、クロム、ニオブ、ランタン、ハフニウム、亜鉛、ケイ素、硫黄、リン、ホウ素、及びヒ素から選ばれる一以上を用いることが好ましい。これらの元素が、第1の活物質100xが有する結晶構造をより安定化させる場合がある。つまり第1の活物質100xは、マグネシウム及びフッ素を有するコバルト酸リチウム、マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム、及びニッケルを有するコバルト酸リチウム、マグネシウム、フッ素及びチタンを有するコバルト酸リチウム、マグネシウム及びフッ素を有するニッケル−コバルト酸リチウム、マグネシウム及びフッ素を有するコバルト−アルミニウム酸リチウム、ニッケル−コバルト−アルミニウム酸リチウム、マグネシウム及びフッ素を有するニッケル−コバルト−アルミニウム酸リチウム、マグネシウム及びフッ素を有するニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウム等を有することができる。なお、ニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムの遷移金属比率として、高ニッケル比率が好ましく、例えば、ニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=8:1:1、ニッケル:コバルト:マンガン=9:0.5:0.5のモル比率の材料が好ましい。また、上記のニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムとして、カルシウムを有するニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムを有することが好ましい。
導電材としては、例えば、アセチレンブラック、およびファーネスブラックなどのカーボンブラック、人造黒鉛、および天然黒鉛などの黒鉛、カーボンナノファイバー、およびカーボンナノチューブなどの炭素繊維、ならびにグラフェン化合物、のいずれか一種又は二種以上を用いることができる。
バインダとして例えば、ポリスチレン、ポリアクリル酸メチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル(ポリメチルメタクリレート、PMMA)、ポリアクリル酸ナトリウム、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ポリエチレンオキシド(PEO)、ポリプロピレンオキシド、ポリイミド、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリイソブチレン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ナイロン、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)、ポリアクリロニトリル(PAN)、エチレンプロピレンジエンポリマー、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ニトロセルロース等の材料のいずれか一種又は二種以上を用いることができる。分散媒として例えば、水、メタノール、エタノール、アセトン、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)、ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、N−メチルピロリドン(NMP)及びジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)のいずれか一種又は二種以上の混合液を用いることができる。バインダと、分散媒と、の好適な組み合わせとして、ポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)と、N−メチルピロリドン(NMP)と、の組み合わせを用いることが好ましい。
集電体としては、ステンレス、金、白金、アルミニウム、チタン等の金属、及びこれらの合金など、導電性が高い材料をもちいることができる。また正極集電体に用いる材料は、正極の電位で溶出しないことが好ましい。また、シリコン、チタン、ネオジム、スカンジウム、モリブデンなどの耐熱性を向上させる元素が添加されたアルミニウム合金を用いることができる。集電体は、箔状、板状、シート状、網状、パンチングメタル状、エキスパンドメタル状等の形状を適宜用いることができる。集電体は、厚みが5μm以上30μm以下のものを用いるとよい。
図5AのステップS101では、第1の活物質100xを準備し、ステップS102では、被覆材101を準備する。
図6AのステップS101では、第1の活物質100xを準備し、ステップS102では、被覆材101を準備する。
図7AのステップS101では、第1の活物質100xを準備し、ステップS102では、第2の活物質100yを準備し、ステップS103では、被覆材101を準備する。
図5A乃至図7Aでは機械的エネルギーによる複合化処理を行う例について説明したが、本発明の一態様はこれに限らない。図7Bを用いて、第1の活物質100xと被覆材101を湿式混合する方法について説明する。
本実施の形態では、図8乃至図14を用いて本発明の一態様の正極活物質について説明する。
図8Aは本発明の一態様である正極活物質100の上面模式図である。図8A中のA−Bにおける断面模式図を図8Bに示す。
正極活物質100は、リチウムと、遷移金属と、酸素と、添加元素Xと、を有する。正極活物質100はLiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される複合酸化物に添加元素Xが添加されたものといってもよい。
コバルト酸リチウム(LiCoO2)などの層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有する材料は、放電容量が高く、二次電池の正極活物質として優れることが知られている。層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有する材料として例えば、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される複合酸化物が挙げられる。
図11に示す正極活物質は、ハロゲン及びマグネシウムが添加されないコバルト酸リチウム(LiCoO2、LCO)である。図11に示すコバルト酸リチウムは、充電深度によって結晶構造が変化する。換言すると、LixCoO2と表記する場合において、リチウムサイトのリチウムの占有率xに応じて結晶構造が変化する。
<内部>
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100は、高電圧の充放電の繰り返しにおいて、CoO2層のずれを小さくすることができる。さらに、体積の変化を小さくすることができる。よって、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、優れたサイクル特性を実現することができる。また、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、高電圧の充電状態において安定な結晶構造を取り得る。よって、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、高電圧の充電状態を保持した場合において、ショートが生じづらい場合がある。そのような場合には安全性がより向上するため、好ましい。
マグネシウムは本発明の一態様の正極活物質100の表層部の全体に分布していることが好ましく、これに加えて表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、全体の平均よりも高いことが好ましい。例えば、XPS等で測定される表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、ICP−MS等で測定される全体の平均のマグネシウム濃度よりも高いことが好ましい。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100が有する添加元素Xは、内部にランダムかつ希薄に存在していてもよいが、一部は粒界に偏析していることがより好ましい。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100の粒径が大きすぎるとリチウムの拡散が難しくなる、又は集電体に塗工したときに活物質層の表面が粗くなりすぎる、等の問題がある。一方、小さすぎると、集電体への塗工時に活物質層を担持しにくくなる、電解液との反応が過剰に進む等の問題点も生じる。そのため、平均粒子径(D50:メディアン径ともいう。)が、1μm以上100μm以下が好ましく、2μm以上40μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以上30μm以下がさらに好ましい。
ある正極活物質が、高電圧で充電されたときO3’型結晶構造を示す本発明の一態様の正極活物質100であるか否かは、高電圧で充電された正極を、XRD、電子回折、中性子線回折、電子スピン共鳴(ESR)、核磁気共鳴(NMR)等を用いて解析することで判断できる。特にXRDは、正極活物質が有するコバルト等の遷移金属の対称性を高分解能で解析できる、結晶性の高さ及び結晶の配向性を比較できる、格子の周期性歪み及び結晶子サイズの解析ができる、二次電池を解体して得た正極をそのまま測定しても十分な精度を得られる、等の点で好ましい。
ある複合酸化物が、本発明の一態様の正極活物質100であるか否かを判断するための高電圧充電は、例えば対極リチウムでコインセル(CR2032タイプ、直径20mm高さ3.2mm)を作製して充電することができる。
O3’型結晶構造と、H1−3型結晶構造のモデルから計算される、CuKα1線による理想的な粉末XRDパターンを図10及び図12に示す。また比較のためx=1のLiCoO2(O3)と、x=0のCoO2(O1)の結晶構造から計算される理想的なXRDパターンも示す。なお、LiCoO2(O3)及びCoO2(O1)のパターンはICSD(Inorganic Crystal Structure Database)より入手した結晶構造情報からMaterials Studio(BIOVIA)のモジュールの一つである、Reflex Powder Diffractionを用いて作成した。2θの範囲は15°から75°とし、Step size=0.01、波長 λ1=1.540562×10−10m、λ2は設定なし、Monochromatorはsingleとした。O3’型結晶構造の結晶構造のパターンは本発明の一態様の正極活物質のXRDパターンから結晶構造を推定し、TOPAS ver.3(Bruker社製結晶構造解析ソフトウェア)を用いてフィッティングし、他と同様にXRDパターンを作成した。
X線光電子分光(XPS)では、表面から2乃至8nm程度(通常5nm程度)の深さまでの領域の分析が可能であるため、表層部100aの約半分の領域について、各元素の濃度を定量的に分析することができる。また、ナロースキャン分析をすれば元素の結合状態を分析することができる。なおXPSの定量精度は多くの場合±1原子%程度、検出下限は元素にもよるが約1原子%である。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100は、表面がなめらかで凹凸が少ないことが好ましい。表面がなめらかで凹凸が少ないことは、表層部100aにおける添加元素Xの分布が良好であることを示す一つの要素である。なお、正極活物質100の作製工程において、添加元素Xを添加する前のコバルト酸リチウムまたは、ニッケル−コバルト−マンガン酸リチウムに対し、初期加熱を行った場合には、高電圧での充放電の繰り返し特性が顕著に優れるため、正極活物質100として特に好ましい。
本実施の形態では、本発明を実施する一形態である正極活物質100の作製方法について説明する。
<ステップS11>
図15Aに示すステップS11では、出発材料であるリチウム及び遷移金属の材料として、それぞれリチウム源(Li源)及び遷移金属源(M1源)を準備する。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS12として、リチウム源及び遷移金属M1源を粉砕及び混合して、混合材料を作製する。粉砕及び混合は、乾式または湿式で行うことができる。湿式はより小さく解砕することができるため好ましい。湿式で行う場合は、溶媒を準備する。溶媒としてはアセトン等のケトン、エタノール及びイソプロパノール等のアルコール、エーテル、ジオキサン、アセトニトリル、N−メチル−2−ピロリドン(NMP)等を用いることができる。リチウムと反応が起こりにくい、非プロトン性溶媒を用いることがより好ましい。本実施の形態では、純度が99.5%以上の脱水アセトンを用いることとする。水分含有量を10ppm以下まで抑えた、純度が99.5%以上の脱水アセトンにリチウム源及び遷移金属源を混合して、粉砕及び混合を行うと好適である。上記のような純度の脱水アセトンを用いることで、混入しうる不純物を低減することができる。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS13として、上記混合材料を加熱する。加熱は、800℃以上1100℃以下で行うことが好ましく、900℃以上1000℃以下で行うことがより好ましく、950℃程度がさらに好ましい。温度が低すぎると、リチウム源及び遷移金属源の分解及び溶融が不十分となるおそれがある。一方温度が高すぎると、リチウム源からリチウムが蒸散する、及び/または遷移金属源として用いる金属が過剰に還元される、などが原因となり欠陥が生じるおそれがある。当該欠陥とは、例えば遷移金属としてコバルトを用いる場合、過剰に還元されるとコバルトが3価から2価へ変化し、酸素欠陥などを誘発することがある。
以上の工程により、図15Aに示すステップS14で遷移金属を有する複合酸化物(LiM1O2)を得ることができる。複合酸化物は、LiM1O2で表されるリチウム複合酸化物の結晶構造を有すればよく、その組成が厳密にLi:M1:O=1:1:2に限定されるものではない。遷移金属としてコバルトを用いた場合、コバルトを有する複合酸化物と称し、LiCoO2で表される。組成については厳密にLi:Co:O=1:1:2に限定されるものではない。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS15として、上記複合酸化物を加熱する。複合酸化物に対する最初の加熱のため、ステップS15の加熱を初期加熱と呼ぶことがある。初期加熱を経ると、複合酸化物の表面がなめらかになる。表面がなめらかとは、凹凸が少なく、複合酸化物が全体的に丸みを帯び、さらに角部が丸みを帯びる様子をいう。さらに、表面へ付着した異物が少ない状態をなめらかと呼ぶ。異物は凹凸の要因となると考えられ、表面へ付着しない方が好ましい。
層状岩塩型の結晶構造をとりうる範囲で、表面がなめらかな複合酸化物に添加元素Xを加えてもよい。表面がなめらかな複合酸化物に添加元素Xを加えると、添加元素をムラなく添加することができる。よって、初期加熱後に添加元素を添加する順が好ましい。添加元素を添加するステップについて、図15B、及び図15Cを用いて説明する。
図15Bに示すステップS21では、複合酸化物に添加する添加元素源を用意する。添加元素源と合わせて、リチウム源を準備してもよい。
次に、図15Bに示すステップS22では、マグネシウム源及びフッ素源を粉砕及び混合する。本工程は、ステップS12で説明した粉砕及び混合の条件から選択して実施することができる。
次に、図15Bに示すステップS23では、上記で粉砕、混合した材料を回収して、添加元素源(X源)を得ることができる。なお、ステップS23に示す添加元素源は、複数の出発材料を有するものであり、混合物と呼ぶことができる。
図15Bとは異なる工程について図15Cを用いて説明する。図15Cに示すステップS21では、複合酸化物に添加する添加元素源を4種用意する。すなわち図15Cは図15Bとは添加元素源の種類が異なる。添加元素源と合わせて、リチウム源を準備してもよい。
次に、図15Cに示すステップS22及びステップS23は、図15Bで説明したステップと同様である。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS31では、複合酸化物と、添加元素源(X源)とを混合する。リチウム、遷移金属及び酸素を有する複合酸化物中の遷移金属M1の原子数(M1)と、添加元素X源が有するマグネシウムの原子数(Mg)との比は、M1:Mg=100:y(0.1≦y≦6)であることが好ましく、M1:Mg=100:y(0.3≦y≦3)であることがより好ましい。
次に、図15AのステップS32において、上記で混合した材料を回収し、混合物903を得る。回収の際、必要に応じて解砕した後にふるいを実施してもよい。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS33では、混合物903を加熱する。ステップS13で説明した加熱条件から選択して実施することができる。加熱時間は2時間以上が好ましい。
次に、図15Aに示すステップS34では、加熱した材料を回収し、必要に応じて解砕して、正極活物質100を得る。このとき、回収された粒子をさらに、ふるいにかけると好ましい。以上の工程により、本発明の一形態の正極活物質100を作製することができる。本発明の一形態の正極活物質は表面がなめらかである。
次に、本発明を実施する一形態であって、正極活物質の作製方法1とは異なる方法について説明する。
層状岩塩型の結晶構造をとりうる範囲で、複合酸化物に添加元素Xを加えてもよいことは上述した通りであるが、本作製方法2では添加元素を2回以上に分けて添加するステップについて、図17Aも参照しながら説明する。
図17Aに示すステップS21では、第1の添加元素源を準備する。第1の添加元素源としては、図15Bに示すステップS21で説明した添加元素Xの中から選択して用いることができる。例えば、添加元素X1としては、マグネシウム、フッ素、及びカルシウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数を好適に用いることができる。図17Aでは添加元素X1として、マグネシウム源(Mg源)、及びフッ素源(F源)を用いる場合を例示する。
次に、ステップS33で加熱した材料を回収し、添加元素X1を有する複合酸化物を作製する。ステップS14の複合酸化物と区別するため第2の複合酸化物とも呼ぶ。
図16に示すステップS40では、第2の添加元素源を添加する。図17B及び図17Cも参照しながら説明する。
図17Bに示すステップS41では、第2の添加元素源を準備する。第2の添加元素源としては、図15Bに示すステップS21で説明した添加元素Xの中から選択して用いることができる。例えば、添加元素X2としては、ニッケル、チタン、ホウ素、ジルコニウム、及びアルミニウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数を好適に用いることができる。図17Bでは添加元素X2として、ニッケル、及びアルミニウムを用いる場合を例示する。
次に、図16に示すステップS51乃至ステップS53は、図15Aに示すステップS31乃至ステップS33と同様の条件にて行うことができる。加熱工程に関するステップS53の条件はステップS33より低い温度且つ短い時間でよい。以上の工程により、ステップS54では、本発明の一形態の正極活物質100を作製することができる。本発明の一形態の正極活物質は表面がなめらかである。
本実施の形態では、先の実施の形態で説明した作製方法によって作製された正極または負極を有する二次電池の複数種類の形状の例について説明する。
コイン型の二次電池の一例について説明する。図18Aはコイン型(単層偏平型)の二次電池の分解斜視図であり、図18Bは、外観図であり、図18Cは、その断面図である。コイン型の二次電池は主に小型の電子機器に用いられる。本明細書等において、コイン型電池は、ボタン型電池を含む。
円筒型の二次電池の例について図19Aを参照して説明する。円筒型の二次電池616は、図19Aに示すように、上面に正極キャップ(電池蓋)601を有し、側面及び底面に電池缶(外装缶)602を有している。これら正極キャップ601と電池缶(外装缶)602とは、ガスケット(絶縁パッキン)610によって絶縁されている。
二次電池の構造例について図20及び図21を用いて説明する。
次に、ラミネート型の二次電池の例について、外観図の一例を図22A及び図22Bに示す。図22A及び図22Bは、正極503、負極506、セパレータ507、外装体509、正極リード電極510及び負極リード電極511を有する。
ここで、図22Aに外観図を示すラミネート型二次電池の作製方法の一例について、図23B及び図23Cを用いて説明する。
アンテナを用いて無線充電が可能な本発明の一態様の二次電池パックの例について、図24A乃至図24Cを用いて説明する。
負極活物質としては、例えば合金系材料または炭素系材料、およびこれらの混合物等を用いることができる。
電解質114の一つの形態として、溶媒と、溶媒に溶解した電解質と、を有する電解液を用いることができる。電解液の溶媒としては、非プロトン性有機溶媒が好ましく、例えば、エチレンカーボネート(EC)、プロピレンカーボネート(PC)、ブチレンカーボネート、クロロエチレンカーボネート、ビニレンカーボネート、γ−ブチロラクトン、γ−バレロラクトン、ジメチルカーボネート(DMC)、ジエチルカーボネート(DEC)、エチルメチルカーボネート(EMC)、ギ酸メチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、酪酸メチル、1,3−ジオキサン、1,4−ジオキサン、ジメトキシエタン(DME)、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチルエーテル、メチルジグライム、アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリル、テトラヒドロフラン、スルホラン、スルトン等のうちの1種、又はこれらのうちの2種以上を任意の組み合わせおよび比率で用いることができる。
セパレータとしては、例えば、紙をはじめとするセルロースを有する繊維、不織布、ガラス繊維、セラミックス、或いはナイロン(ポリアミド)、ビニロン(ポリビニルアルコール系繊維)、ポリエステル、アクリル、ポリオレフィン、ポリウレタンを用いた合成繊維等で形成されたものを用いることができる。
本実施の形態では、前述の実施の形態で得られる正極活物質複合体100zを用いて全固体電池を作製する例を示す。
本発明の一態様の二次電池400の外装体には、様々な材料および形状のものを用いることができるが、正極、固体電解質層および負極を加圧する機能を有することが好ましい。
本実施の形態は、円筒型の二次電池である図19Dとは異なる二次電池を電気自動車(EV)に適用する例を、図28Cを用いて示す。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様である二次電池を建築物に実装する例について図30Aおよび図30Bを用いて説明する。
本実施の形態では、二輪車、自転車に本発明の一態様である蓄電装置を搭載する例を示す。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様である二次電池を電子機器に実装する例について説明する。二次電池を実装する電子機器として、例えば、テレビジョン装置(テレビ、又はテレビジョン受信機ともいう)、コンピュータ用などのモニタ、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、デジタルフォトフレーム、携帯電話機(携帯電話、携帯電話装置ともいう)、携帯型ゲーム機、携帯情報端末、音響再生装置、パチンコ機などの大型ゲーム機などが挙げられる。携帯情報端末としてはノート型パーソナルコンピュータ、タブレット型端末、電子書籍端末、携帯電話機などがある。
まず遷移金属M1としてコバルトを有し、マグネシウム、フッ素、ニッケルおよびアルミニウムを添加し加熱した正極活物質を、以下の工程で作製した。
上記で作製した正極活物質を用いて正極を作製した。導電材の材料として酸化グラフェン(GO)またはアセチレンブラック(AB)を用意した。バインダとしてポリフッ化ビニリデン(PVDF)を用いた。溶媒としてNMP、またはエタノールと水を7:3(体積比)で混合したものを用意した。集電体として20μmのアルミニウム箔を用意した。
上記2種の正極を用いてコインセルを作製した。
Claims (15)
- 第1の活物質と、第2の活物質と、ガラスと、を有し、
前記第1の活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記ガラスで覆われた領域を有し、
前記ガラスの表面の少なくとも一部は、前記第2の活物質で覆われた領域を有し、
前記第1の活物質は、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第1の複合酸化物を有し、
前記第2の活物質は、LiM2PO4(M2は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第2の複合酸化物を有し、
前記ガラスは、リチウムイオン伝導性を有する、正極。 - 第1の活物質と、第2の活物質と、ガラスと、を有し、
前記第1の活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記ガラス及び前記第2の活物質で覆われた領域を有し、
前記第1の活物質は、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第1の複合酸化物を有し、
前記第2の活物質は、LiM2PO4(M2は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第2の複合酸化物を有し、
前記ガラスは、リチウムイオン伝導性を有する、正極。 - 第1の活物質と、第2の活物質と、ガラスと、導電材と、を有し、
前記第1の活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記ガラスで覆われた領域を有し、
前記ガラスの表面の少なくとも一部は、前記第2の活物質及び前記導電材で覆われた領域を有し、
前記第1の活物質は、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第1の複合酸化物を有し、
前記第2の活物質は、LiM2PO4(M2は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第2の複合酸化物を有し、
前記ガラスは、リチウムイオン伝導性を有し、
前記導電材は、グラフェン化合物又はカーボンナノチューブを有する、正極。 - 第1の活物質と、第2の活物質と、ガラスと、導電材と、を有し、
前記第1の活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記ガラス、前記第2の活物質、及び前記導電材で覆われた領域を有し、
前記第1の活物質は、LiM1O2(M1は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第1の複合酸化物を有し、
前記第2の活物質は、LiM2PO4(M2は、Fe、Ni、Co、Mnから選ばれる一以上)で表される第2の複合酸化物を有し、
前記ガラスは、リチウムイオン伝導性を有し、
前記導電材は、グラフェン化合物又はカーボンナノチューブを有する、正極。 - 請求項1乃至請求項4のいずれか一において、
前記第1の活物質は、マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム、及びニッケルを有するコバルト酸リチウムを有し、
前記コバルト酸リチウムは、前記マグネシウム、前記フッ素、及び前記アルミニウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数の濃度が最大となる領域を表層部に有する、正極。 - 正極活物質と、導電材と、を有し、
前記正極活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記導電材で覆われ、
前記正極活物質は、マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム、およびニッケルを有するコバルト酸リチウムを有し、
前記コバルト酸リチウムは、前記マグネシウム、前記フッ素、及び前記アルミニウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数の濃度が最大となる領域を表層部に有し、
前記導電材は、炭素を有する、正極。 - 正極活物質と、導電材と、を有し、
前記正極活物質の表面の少なくとも一部は、前記導電材で覆われ、
前記正極活物質は、カルシウム、フッ素、アルミニウムおよびガリウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数を有するニッケル−マンガン−コバルト酸リチウムを有し、
前記ニッケル−マンガン−コバルト酸リチウムは、前記カルシウム、前記フッ素、前記アルミニウム及び前記ガリウムの中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数の濃度が最大となる領域を表層部に有し、
前記導電材は、炭素を有する、正極。 - 請求項6または請求項7において、
前記導電材は、カーボンブラック、グラフェンまたはグラフェン化合物から選ばれる一以上を有する、正極。 - 請求項1乃至請求項8のいずれか一に記載の正極を有する二次電池。
- 請求項9に記載の二次電池を有する車両。
- 請求項9に記載の二次電池を有する蓄電システム。
- 請求項9に記載の二次電池を有する電子機器。
- マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム、およびニッケルを有するコバルト酸リチウムと、アセチレンブラックとを複合化処理して、正極活物質複合体を作製し、
前記正極活物質複合体と、バインダと、溶媒とを混合してスラリーを作製し、
前記スラリーを正極集電体に塗工して電極層を作製し、
前記電極層を加圧する、正極の作製方法。 - マグネシウム、フッ素、アルミニウム、およびニッケルを有するコバルト酸リチウムと、酸化グラフェンと、バインダと、溶媒とを混合してスラリーを作製し、
前記スラリーを正極集電体に塗工して電極層を作製し、
前記電極層に化学還元および熱還元を行う、正極の作製方法。 - 請求項14において、
前記化学還元は、前記電極層をアスコルビン酸水溶液に浸ける工程であり、
前記熱還元は、前記電極層を125℃以上200℃以下で加熱する工程である、正極の作製方法。
Priority Applications (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022567717A JPWO2022123389A1 (ja) | 2020-12-11 | 2021-11-29 | |
KR1020237017178A KR20230118554A (ko) | 2020-12-11 | 2021-11-29 | 양극, 양극의 제작 방법, 이차 전지, 전자 기기, 축전 시스템, 및 차량 |
CN202180083580.3A CN116685557A (zh) | 2020-12-11 | 2021-11-29 | 正极、正极的制造方法、二次电池、电子设备、蓄电系统以及车辆 |
US18/256,478 US20240030413A1 (en) | 2020-12-11 | 2021-11-29 | Positive electrode, method for forming positive electrode, secondary battery, electronic device, power storage system, and vehicle |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2020205588 | 2020-12-11 | ||
JP2020-205588 | 2020-12-11 | ||
JP2021-029861 | 2021-02-26 | ||
JP2021029861 | 2021-02-26 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2022123389A1 true WO2022123389A1 (ja) | 2022-06-16 |
Family
ID=81974199
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2021/061037 WO2022123389A1 (ja) | 2020-12-11 | 2021-11-29 | 正極、正極の作製方法、二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20240030413A1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JPWO2022123389A1 (ja) |
KR (1) | KR20230118554A (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2022123389A1 (ja) |
Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002373643A (ja) * | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-26 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | リチウム二次電池 |
JP2003173770A (ja) * | 2001-12-04 | 2003-06-20 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | 非水電解質電池および非水電解質電池の製造法 |
JP2003272632A (ja) * | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-26 | Mikuni Color Ltd | 炭素被覆リチウム遷移金属酸化物、2次電池正極材料及び2次電池 |
JP2011526732A (ja) * | 2009-08-28 | 2011-10-13 | デジョン イーエム カンパニー リミテッド | リチウム二次電池用正極活物質、その製造方法、リチウム二次電池の正極、及びリチウム二次電池 |
JP2013149615A (ja) * | 2012-01-17 | 2013-08-01 | Samsung Sdi Co Ltd | リチウム2次電池用正極活物質及びこれを含むリチウム2次電池 |
JP2015053295A (ja) * | 2009-08-18 | 2015-03-19 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | リチウム電池用電極体及びリチウム電池 |
JP2015134706A (ja) * | 2013-12-18 | 2015-07-27 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | グラフェン、グラフェンを含む層、電極及び蓄電装置 |
JP2018088400A (ja) * | 2016-11-18 | 2018-06-07 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 正極活物質、および正極活物質の作製方法、および二次電池 |
WO2018221263A1 (ja) * | 2017-05-29 | 2018-12-06 | 太平洋セメント株式会社 | リチウムイオン二次電池用正極活物質複合体及びこれを用いた二次電池、並びにリチウムイオン二次電池用正極活物質複合体の製造方法 |
JP2019179758A (ja) * | 2017-06-26 | 2019-10-17 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 正極活物質の作製方法 |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP7092752B2 (ja) | 2017-05-03 | 2022-06-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 正極活物質粒子の作製方法 |
WO2020121109A1 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2020-06-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material |
-
2021
- 2021-11-29 KR KR1020237017178A patent/KR20230118554A/ko unknown
- 2021-11-29 JP JP2022567717A patent/JPWO2022123389A1/ja active Pending
- 2021-11-29 WO PCT/IB2021/061037 patent/WO2022123389A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2021-11-29 US US18/256,478 patent/US20240030413A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2002373643A (ja) * | 2001-06-14 | 2002-12-26 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | リチウム二次電池 |
JP2003173770A (ja) * | 2001-12-04 | 2003-06-20 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | 非水電解質電池および非水電解質電池の製造法 |
JP2003272632A (ja) * | 2002-03-15 | 2003-09-26 | Mikuni Color Ltd | 炭素被覆リチウム遷移金属酸化物、2次電池正極材料及び2次電池 |
JP2015053295A (ja) * | 2009-08-18 | 2015-03-19 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | リチウム電池用電極体及びリチウム電池 |
JP2011526732A (ja) * | 2009-08-28 | 2011-10-13 | デジョン イーエム カンパニー リミテッド | リチウム二次電池用正極活物質、その製造方法、リチウム二次電池の正極、及びリチウム二次電池 |
JP2013149615A (ja) * | 2012-01-17 | 2013-08-01 | Samsung Sdi Co Ltd | リチウム2次電池用正極活物質及びこれを含むリチウム2次電池 |
JP2015134706A (ja) * | 2013-12-18 | 2015-07-27 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | グラフェン、グラフェンを含む層、電極及び蓄電装置 |
JP2018088400A (ja) * | 2016-11-18 | 2018-06-07 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 正極活物質、および正極活物質の作製方法、および二次電池 |
WO2018221263A1 (ja) * | 2017-05-29 | 2018-12-06 | 太平洋セメント株式会社 | リチウムイオン二次電池用正極活物質複合体及びこれを用いた二次電池、並びにリチウムイオン二次電池用正極活物質複合体の製造方法 |
JP2019179758A (ja) * | 2017-06-26 | 2019-10-17 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 正極活物質の作製方法 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2022123389A1 (ja) | 2022-06-16 |
KR20230118554A (ko) | 2023-08-11 |
US20240030413A1 (en) | 2024-01-25 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
WO2022090844A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法、正極、二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 | |
WO2022106954A1 (ja) | 二次電池、蓄電システム、車両、および正極の作製方法 | |
WO2021260487A1 (ja) | 二次電池、二次電池の作製方法、電子機器、及び車両 | |
JP2022045353A (ja) | 二次電池の作製方法、および二次電池 | |
WO2022248968A1 (ja) | 電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび移動体 | |
WO2022106950A1 (ja) | グラフェン、電極、二次電池、車両および電子機器 | |
JP2022120836A (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法、二次電池および車両 | |
JP2022045263A (ja) | 正極活物質、二次電池、二次電池の作製方法、電子機器、及び車両 | |
WO2022123389A1 (ja) | 正極、正極の作製方法、二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 | |
WO2022130099A1 (ja) | 二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システムおよび車両 | |
WO2022034414A1 (ja) | 二次電池、電子機器、車両、及び正極活物質の作製方法 | |
WO2022189889A1 (ja) | 複合酸化物の作製方法、正極、リチウムイオン二次電池、電子機器、蓄電システム、及び移動体 | |
WO2022038451A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法、および二次電池の作製方法 | |
WO2021245562A1 (ja) | 正極活物質、正極活物質層、二次電池、電子機器、及び車両 | |
WO2022167885A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の製造方法、二次電池および車両 | |
WO2022243782A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法、正極、リチウムイオン二次電池、移動体、蓄電システム、及び電子機器 | |
WO2022038454A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法 | |
WO2022023865A1 (ja) | 二次電池及びその作製方法 | |
WO2023031729A1 (ja) | 正極および正極の作製方法 | |
WO2022038449A1 (ja) | 二次電池、電子機器および車両 | |
WO2021191733A1 (ja) | 二次電池、電子機器、車両及び二次電池の作製方法 | |
WO2022195402A1 (ja) | 蓄電装置管理システム及び電子機器 | |
WO2022013666A1 (ja) | 電極、二次電池、移動体、電子機器、およびリチウムイオン二次電池用電極の作製方法 | |
CN116685557A (zh) | 正极、正极的制造方法、二次电池、电子设备、蓄电系统以及车辆 | |
JP2022107169A (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 21902813 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2022567717 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 18256478 Country of ref document: US |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202180083580.3 Country of ref document: CN |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 21902813 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |